diff --git a/bin/api-docs/update-api-docs.js b/bin/api-docs/update-api-docs.js
index 3ee55ff0c3d81..3fc1e6da297e0 100755
--- a/bin/api-docs/update-api-docs.js
+++ b/bin/api-docs/update-api-docs.js
@@ -38,10 +38,7 @@ const PACKAGES_DIR = resolve( ROOT_DIR, 'packages' );
  *
  * @type {string}
  */
-const DATA_DOCS_DIR = resolve(
-	ROOT_DIR,
-	'docs/designers-developers/developers/data'
-);
+const DATA_DOCS_DIR = resolve( ROOT_DIR, 'docs/reference-guides/data' );
 
 /**
  * Pattern matching start token of a README file.
@@ -235,6 +232,9 @@ glob.stream( [
 					{ shell: true }
 				);
 			}
+			await execa( 'npm', [ 'run', 'format', output ], {
+				shell: true,
+			} );
 		} catch ( error ) {
 			console.error( error );
 			process.exit( 1 );
diff --git a/docs/how-to-guides/widgets/legacy-widget-block.md b/docs/how-to-guides/widgets/legacy-widget-block.md
index 21d22561d1509..09adca8d1ffda 100644
--- a/docs/how-to-guides/widgets/legacy-widget-block.md
+++ b/docs/how-to-guides/widgets/legacy-widget-block.md
@@ -89,10 +89,10 @@ This is done by adding JavaScript code to your block's definition. In this examp
 
 ```js
 transforms: {
-    from: [
-        {
-            type: 'block',
-            blocks: [ 'core/legacy-widget' ],
+	from: [
+		{
+			type: 'block',
+			blocks: [ 'core/legacy-widget' ],
 			isMatch: ( { idBase, instance } ) => {
 				if ( ! instance?.raw ) {
 					// Can't transform if raw instance is not shown in REST API.
@@ -100,13 +100,13 @@ transforms: {
 				}
 				return idBase === 'example_widget';
 			},
-            transform: ( { instance } ) => {
-                return createBlock( 'example/block', {
+			transform: ( { instance } ) => {
+				return createBlock( 'example/block', {
 					name: instance.raw.name,
-                } );
-            },
-        },
-    ]
+				} );
+			},
+		},
+	]
 },
 ```
 
diff --git a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-annotations.md b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-annotations.md
index 7b347df85a7f5..f1d1d6918e5c5 100644
--- a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-annotations.md
+++ b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-annotations.md
@@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ Namespace: `core/annotations`.
 
 ## Selectors
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/annotations/src/store/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/annotations/src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
 Nothing to document.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/annotations/src/store/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/annotations/src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
 ## Actions
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/annotations/src/store/actions.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/annotations/src/store/actions.js) -->
 
 Nothing to document.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/annotations/src/store/actions.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/annotations/src/store/actions.js) -->
diff --git a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-block-editor.md b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-block-editor.md
index 97011bcce9105..66a836475d42d 100644
--- a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-block-editor.md
+++ b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-block-editor.md
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ Namespace: `core/block-editor`.
 
 ## Selectors
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/block-editor/src/store/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/block-editor/src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
-<a name="areInnerBlocksControlled" href="#areInnerBlocksControlled">#</a> **areInnerBlocksControlled**
+### areInnerBlocksControlled
 
 Checks if a given block has controlled inner blocks.
 
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if the block has controlled inner blocks.
 
-<a name="canInsertBlocks" href="#canInsertBlocks">#</a> **canInsertBlocks**
+### canInsertBlocks
 
 Determines if the given blocks are allowed to be inserted into the block
 list.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the given blocks are allowed to be inserted.
 
-<a name="canInsertBlockType" href="#canInsertBlockType">#</a> **canInsertBlockType**
+### canInsertBlockType
 
 Determines if the given block type is allowed to be inserted into the block list.
 
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the given block type is allowed to be inserted.
 
-<a name="didAutomaticChange" href="#didAutomaticChange">#</a> **didAutomaticChange**
+### didAutomaticChange
 
 Returns true if the last change was an automatic change, false otherwise.
 
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the last change was automatic.
 
-<a name="getAdjacentBlockClientId" href="#getAdjacentBlockClientId">#</a> **getAdjacentBlockClientId**
+### getAdjacentBlockClientId
 
 Returns the client ID of the block adjacent one at the given reference
 startClientId and modifier directionality. Defaults start startClientId to
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: Return the client ID of the block, or null if none exists.
 
-<a name="getBlock" href="#getBlock">#</a> **getBlock**
+### getBlock
 
 Returns a block given its client ID. This is a parsed copy of the block,
 containing its `blockName`, `clientId`, and current `attributes` state. This
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Parsed block object.
 
-<a name="getBlockAttributes" href="#getBlockAttributes">#</a> **getBlockAttributes**
+### getBlockAttributes
 
 Returns a block's attributes given its client ID, or null if no block exists with
 the client ID.
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: Block attributes.
 
-<a name="getBlockCount" href="#getBlockCount">#</a> **getBlockCount**
+### getBlockCount
 
 Returns the number of blocks currently present in the post.
 
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `number`: Number of blocks in the post.
 
-<a name="getBlockHierarchyRootClientId" href="#getBlockHierarchyRootClientId">#</a> **getBlockHierarchyRootClientId**
+### getBlockHierarchyRootClientId
 
 Given a block client ID, returns the root of the hierarchy from which the block is nested, return the block itself for root level blocks.
 
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Root client ID
 
-<a name="getBlockIndex" href="#getBlockIndex">#</a> **getBlockIndex**
+### getBlockIndex
 
 Returns the index at which the block corresponding to the specified client
 ID occurs within the block order, or `-1` if the block does not exist.
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `number`: Index at which block exists in order.
 
-<a name="getBlockInsertionPoint" href="#getBlockInsertionPoint">#</a> **getBlockInsertionPoint**
+### getBlockInsertionPoint
 
 Returns the insertion point, the index at which the new inserted block would
 be placed. Defaults to the last index.
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Insertion point object with `rootClientId`, `index`.
 
-<a name="getBlockListSettings" href="#getBlockListSettings">#</a> **getBlockListSettings**
+### getBlockListSettings
 
 Returns the Block List settings of a block, if any exist.
 
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?Object`: Block settings of the block if set.
 
-<a name="getBlockMode" href="#getBlockMode">#</a> **getBlockMode**
+### getBlockMode
 
 Returns the block's editing mode, defaulting to "visual" if not explicitly
 assigned.
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Block editing mode.
 
-<a name="getBlockName" href="#getBlockName">#</a> **getBlockName**
+### getBlockName
 
 Returns a block's name given its client ID, or null if no block exists with
 the client ID.
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Block name.
 
-<a name="getBlockOrder" href="#getBlockOrder">#</a> **getBlockOrder**
+### getBlockOrder
 
 Returns an array containing all block client IDs in the editor in the order
 they appear. Optionally accepts a root client ID of the block list for which
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Ordered client IDs of editor blocks.
 
-<a name="getBlockParents" href="#getBlockParents">#</a> **getBlockParents**
+### getBlockParents
 
 Given a block client ID, returns the list of all its parents from top to bottom.
 
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: ClientIDs of the parent blocks.
 
-<a name="getBlockParentsByBlockName" href="#getBlockParentsByBlockName">#</a> **getBlockParentsByBlockName**
+### getBlockParentsByBlockName
 
 Given a block client ID and a block name, returns the list of all its parents
 from top to bottom, filtered by the given name(s). For example, if passed
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: ClientIDs of the parent blocks.
 
-<a name="getBlockRootClientId" href="#getBlockRootClientId">#</a> **getBlockRootClientId**
+### getBlockRootClientId
 
 Given a block client ID, returns the root block from which the block is
 nested, an empty string for top-level blocks, or null if the block does not
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: Root client ID, if exists
 
-<a name="getBlocks" href="#getBlocks">#</a> **getBlocks**
+### getBlocks
 
 Returns all block objects for the current post being edited as an array in
 the order they appear in the post. Note that this will exclude child blocks
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object[]`: Post blocks.
 
-<a name="getBlocksByClientId" href="#getBlocksByClientId">#</a> **getBlocksByClientId**
+### getBlocksByClientId
 
 Given an array of block client IDs, returns the corresponding array of block
 objects.
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPBlock[]`: Block objects.
 
-<a name="getBlockSelectionEnd" href="#getBlockSelectionEnd">#</a> **getBlockSelectionEnd**
+### getBlockSelectionEnd
 
 Returns the current block selection end. This value may be null, and it
 may represent either a singular block selection or multi-selection end.
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: Client ID of block selection end.
 
-<a name="getBlockSelectionStart" href="#getBlockSelectionStart">#</a> **getBlockSelectionStart**
+### getBlockSelectionStart
 
 Returns the current block selection start. This value may be null, and it
 may represent either a singular block selection or multi-selection start.
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: Client ID of block selection start.
 
-<a name="getBlockTransformItems" href="#getBlockTransformItems">#</a> **getBlockTransformItems**
+### getBlockTransformItems
 
 Determines the items that appear in the available block transforms list.
 
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ _Properties_
 -   _isDisabled_ `boolean`: Whether or not the user should be prevented from inserting this item.
 -   _frecency_ `number`: Heuristic that combines frequency and recency.
 
-<a name="getClientIdsOfDescendants" href="#getClientIdsOfDescendants">#</a> **getClientIdsOfDescendants**
+### getClientIdsOfDescendants
 
 Returns an array containing the clientIds of all descendants
 of the blocks given.
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: ids of descendants.
 
-<a name="getClientIdsWithDescendants" href="#getClientIdsWithDescendants">#</a> **getClientIdsWithDescendants**
+### getClientIdsWithDescendants
 
 Returns an array containing the clientIds of the top-level blocks
 and their descendants of any depth (for nested blocks).
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: ids of top-level and descendant blocks.
 
-<a name="getDraggedBlockClientIds" href="#getDraggedBlockClientIds">#</a> **getDraggedBlockClientIds**
+### getDraggedBlockClientIds
 
 Returns the client ids of any blocks being directly dragged.
 
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string[]`: Array of dragged block client ids.
 
-<a name="getFirstMultiSelectedBlockClientId" href="#getFirstMultiSelectedBlockClientId">#</a> **getFirstMultiSelectedBlockClientId**
+### getFirstMultiSelectedBlockClientId
 
 Returns the client ID of the first block in the multi-selection set, or null
 if there is no multi-selection.
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: First block client ID in the multi-selection set.
 
-<a name="getGlobalBlockCount" href="#getGlobalBlockCount">#</a> **getGlobalBlockCount**
+### getGlobalBlockCount
 
 Returns the total number of blocks, or the total number of blocks with a specific name in a post.
 The number returned includes nested blocks.
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `number`: Number of blocks in the post, or number of blocks with name equal to blockName.
 
-<a name="getInserterItems" href="#getInserterItems">#</a> **getInserterItems**
+### getInserterItems
 
 Determines the items that appear in the inserter. Includes both static
 items (e.g. a regular block type) and dynamic items (e.g. a reusable block).
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ _Properties_
 -   _isDisabled_ `boolean`: Whether or not the user should be prevented from inserting this item.
 -   _frecency_ `number`: Heuristic that combines frequency and recency.
 
-<a name="getLastMultiSelectedBlockClientId" href="#getLastMultiSelectedBlockClientId">#</a> **getLastMultiSelectedBlockClientId**
+### getLastMultiSelectedBlockClientId
 
 Returns the client ID of the last block in the multi-selection set, or null
 if there is no multi-selection.
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: Last block client ID in the multi-selection set.
 
-<a name="getLowestCommonAncestorWithSelectedBlock" href="#getLowestCommonAncestorWithSelectedBlock">#</a> **getLowestCommonAncestorWithSelectedBlock**
+### getLowestCommonAncestorWithSelectedBlock
 
 Given a block client ID, returns the lowest common ancestor with selected client ID.
 
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Common ancestor client ID or undefined
 
-<a name="getMultiSelectedBlockClientIds" href="#getMultiSelectedBlockClientIds">#</a> **getMultiSelectedBlockClientIds**
+### getMultiSelectedBlockClientIds
 
 Returns the current multi-selection set of block client IDs, or an empty
 array if there is no multi-selection.
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Multi-selected block client IDs.
 
-<a name="getMultiSelectedBlocks" href="#getMultiSelectedBlocks">#</a> **getMultiSelectedBlocks**
+### getMultiSelectedBlocks
 
 Returns the current multi-selection set of blocks, or an empty array if
 there is no multi-selection.
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Multi-selected block objects.
 
-<a name="getMultiSelectedBlocksEndClientId" href="#getMultiSelectedBlocksEndClientId">#</a> **getMultiSelectedBlocksEndClientId**
+### getMultiSelectedBlocksEndClientId
 
 Returns the client ID of the block which ends the multi-selection set, or
 null if there is no multi-selection.
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: Client ID of block ending multi-selection.
 
-<a name="getMultiSelectedBlocksStartClientId" href="#getMultiSelectedBlocksStartClientId">#</a> **getMultiSelectedBlocksStartClientId**
+### getMultiSelectedBlocksStartClientId
 
 Returns the client ID of the block which begins the multi-selection set, or
 null if there is no multi-selection.
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: Client ID of block beginning multi-selection.
 
-<a name="getNextBlockClientId" href="#getNextBlockClientId">#</a> **getNextBlockClientId**
+### getNextBlockClientId
 
 Returns the next block's client ID from the given reference start ID.
 Defaults start to the selected block. Returns null if there is no next
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: Adjacent block's client ID, or null if none exists.
 
-<a name="getPreviousBlockClientId" href="#getPreviousBlockClientId">#</a> **getPreviousBlockClientId**
+### getPreviousBlockClientId
 
 Returns the previous block's client ID from the given reference start ID.
 Defaults start to the selected block. Returns null if there is no previous
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: Adjacent block's client ID, or null if none exists.
 
-<a name="getSelectedBlock" href="#getSelectedBlock">#</a> **getSelectedBlock**
+### getSelectedBlock
 
 Returns the currently selected block, or null if there is no selected block.
 
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?Object`: Selected block.
 
-<a name="getSelectedBlockClientId" href="#getSelectedBlockClientId">#</a> **getSelectedBlockClientId**
+### getSelectedBlockClientId
 
 Returns the currently selected block client ID, or null if there is no
 selected block.
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: Selected block client ID.
 
-<a name="getSelectedBlockClientIds" href="#getSelectedBlockClientIds">#</a> **getSelectedBlockClientIds**
+### getSelectedBlockClientIds
 
 Returns the current selection set of block client IDs (multiselection or single selection).
 
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Multi-selected block client IDs.
 
-<a name="getSelectedBlockCount" href="#getSelectedBlockCount">#</a> **getSelectedBlockCount**
+### getSelectedBlockCount
 
 Returns the number of blocks currently selected in the post.
 
@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `number`: Number of blocks selected in the post.
 
-<a name="getSelectedBlocksInitialCaretPosition" href="#getSelectedBlocksInitialCaretPosition">#</a> **getSelectedBlocksInitialCaretPosition**
+### getSelectedBlocksInitialCaretPosition
 
 Returns the initial caret position for the selected block.
 This position is to used to position the caret properly when the selected block changes.
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `0|-1|null`: Initial position.
 
-<a name="getSelectionEnd" href="#getSelectionEnd">#</a> **getSelectionEnd**
+### getSelectionEnd
 
 Returns the current selection end block client ID, attribute key and text
 offset.
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPBlockSelection`: Selection end information.
 
-<a name="getSelectionStart" href="#getSelectionStart">#</a> **getSelectionStart**
+### getSelectionStart
 
 Returns the current selection start block client ID, attribute key and text
 offset.
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPBlockSelection`: Selection start information.
 
-<a name="getSettings" href="#getSettings">#</a> **getSettings**
+### getSettings
 
 Returns the editor settings.
 
@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: The editor settings object.
 
-<a name="getTemplate" href="#getTemplate">#</a> **getTemplate**
+### getTemplate
 
 Returns the defined block template
 
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?Array`: Block Template
 
-<a name="getTemplateLock" href="#getTemplateLock">#</a> **getTemplateLock**
+### getTemplateLock
 
 Returns the defined block template lock. Optionally accepts a root block
 client ID as context, otherwise defaulting to the global context.
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: Block Template Lock
 
-<a name="hasBlockMovingClientId" href="#hasBlockMovingClientId">#</a> **hasBlockMovingClientId**
+### hasBlockMovingClientId
 
 Returns whether block moving mode is enabled.
 
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Client Id of moving block.
 
-<a name="hasInserterItems" href="#hasInserterItems">#</a> **hasInserterItems**
+### hasInserterItems
 
 Determines whether there are items to show in the inserter.
 
@@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Items that appear in inserter.
 
-<a name="hasMultiSelection" href="#hasMultiSelection">#</a> **hasMultiSelection**
+### hasMultiSelection
 
 Returns true if a multi-selection has been made, or false otherwise.
 
@@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether multi-selection has been made.
 
-<a name="hasSelectedBlock" href="#hasSelectedBlock">#</a> **hasSelectedBlock**
+### hasSelectedBlock
 
 Returns true if there is a single selected block, or false otherwise.
 
@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether a single block is selected.
 
-<a name="hasSelectedInnerBlock" href="#hasSelectedInnerBlock">#</a> **hasSelectedInnerBlock**
+### hasSelectedInnerBlock
 
 Returns true if one of the block's inner blocks is selected.
 
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the block as an inner block selected
 
-<a name="isAncestorBeingDragged" href="#isAncestorBeingDragged">#</a> **isAncestorBeingDragged**
+### isAncestorBeingDragged
 
 Returns whether a parent/ancestor of the block is being dragged.
 
@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the block's ancestor is being dragged.
 
-<a name="isAncestorMultiSelected" href="#isAncestorMultiSelected">#</a> **isAncestorMultiSelected**
+### isAncestorMultiSelected
 
 Returns true if an ancestor of the block is multi-selected, or false
 otherwise.
@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether an ancestor of the block is in multi-selection set.
 
-<a name="isBlockBeingDragged" href="#isBlockBeingDragged">#</a> **isBlockBeingDragged**
+### isBlockBeingDragged
 
 Returns whether the block is being dragged.
 
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the block is being dragged.
 
-<a name="isBlockHighlighted" href="#isBlockHighlighted">#</a> **isBlockHighlighted**
+### isBlockHighlighted
 
 Returns true if the current highlighted block matches the block clientId.
 
@@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the block is currently highlighted.
 
-<a name="isBlockInsertionPointVisible" href="#isBlockInsertionPointVisible">#</a> **isBlockInsertionPointVisible**
+### isBlockInsertionPointVisible
 
 Returns true if we should show the block insertion point.
 
@@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?boolean`: Whether the insertion point is visible or not.
 
-<a name="isBlockMultiSelected" href="#isBlockMultiSelected">#</a> **isBlockMultiSelected**
+### isBlockMultiSelected
 
 Returns true if the client ID occurs within the block multi-selection, or
 false otherwise.
@@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether block is in multi-selection set.
 
-<a name="isBlockSelected" href="#isBlockSelected">#</a> **isBlockSelected**
+### isBlockSelected
 
 Returns true if the block corresponding to the specified client ID is
 currently selected and no multi-selection exists, or false otherwise.
@@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether block is selected and multi-selection exists.
 
-<a name="isBlockValid" href="#isBlockValid">#</a> **isBlockValid**
+### isBlockValid
 
 Returns whether a block is valid or not.
 
@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Is Valid.
 
-<a name="isBlockWithinSelection" href="#isBlockWithinSelection">#</a> **isBlockWithinSelection**
+### isBlockWithinSelection
 
 Returns true if the block corresponding to the specified client ID is
 currently selected but isn't the last of the selected blocks. Here "last"
@@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether block is selected and not the last in the selection.
 
-<a name="isCaretWithinFormattedText" href="#isCaretWithinFormattedText">#</a> **isCaretWithinFormattedText**
+### isCaretWithinFormattedText
 
 Returns true if the caret is within formatted text, or false otherwise.
 
@@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the caret is within formatted text.
 
-<a name="isDraggingBlocks" href="#isDraggingBlocks">#</a> **isDraggingBlocks**
+### isDraggingBlocks
 
 Returns true if the user is dragging blocks, or false otherwise.
 
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether user is dragging blocks.
 
-<a name="isFirstMultiSelectedBlock" href="#isFirstMultiSelectedBlock">#</a> **isFirstMultiSelectedBlock**
+### isFirstMultiSelectedBlock
 
 Returns true if a multi-selection exists, and the block corresponding to the
 specified client ID is the first block of the multi-selection set, or false
@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether block is first in multi-selection.
 
-<a name="isLastBlockChangePersistent" href="#isLastBlockChangePersistent">#</a> **isLastBlockChangePersistent**
+### isLastBlockChangePersistent
 
 Returns true if the most recent block change is be considered persistent, or
 false otherwise. A persistent change is one committed by BlockEditorProvider
@@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the most recent block change was persistent.
 
-<a name="isMultiSelecting" href="#isMultiSelecting">#</a> **isMultiSelecting**
+### isMultiSelecting
 
 Whether in the process of multi-selecting or not. This flag is only true
 while the multi-selection is being selected (by mouse move), and is false
@@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if multi-selecting, false if not.
 
-<a name="isNavigationMode" href="#isNavigationMode">#</a> **isNavigationMode**
+### isNavigationMode
 
 Returns whether the navigation mode is enabled.
 
@@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Is navigation mode enabled.
 
-<a name="isSelectionEnabled" href="#isSelectionEnabled">#</a> **isSelectionEnabled**
+### isSelectionEnabled
 
 Selector that returns if multi-selection is enabled or not.
 
@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if it should be possible to multi-select blocks, false if multi-selection is disabled.
 
-<a name="isTyping" href="#isTyping">#</a> **isTyping**
+### isTyping
 
 Returns true if the user is typing, or false otherwise.
 
@@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether user is typing.
 
-<a name="isValidTemplate" href="#isValidTemplate">#</a> **isValidTemplate**
+### isValidTemplate
 
 Returns whether the blocks matches the template or not.
 
@@ -1033,13 +1033,27 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?boolean`: Whether the template is valid or not.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/block-editor/src/store/selectors.js) -->
+### wasBlockJustInserted
+
+Tells if the block with the passed clientId was just inserted.
+
+_Parameters_
+
+-   _state_ `Object`: Global application state.
+-   _clientId_ `Object`: Client Id of the block.
+-   _source_ `?string`: Optional insertion source of the block.
+
+_Returns_
+
+-   `boolean`: True if the block matches the last block inserted from the specified source.
+
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/block-editor/src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
 ## Actions
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/block-editor/src/store/actions.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/block-editor/src/store/actions.js) -->
 
-<a name="clearSelectedBlock" href="#clearSelectedBlock">#</a> **clearSelectedBlock**
+### clearSelectedBlock
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the block selection is cleared.
 
@@ -1047,7 +1061,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="duplicateBlocks" href="#duplicateBlocks">#</a> **duplicateBlocks**
+### duplicateBlocks
 
 Generator that triggers an action used to duplicate a list of blocks.
 
@@ -1056,7 +1070,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _clientIds_ `string[]`:
 -   _updateSelection_ `boolean`:
 
-<a name="enterFormattedText" href="#enterFormattedText">#</a> **enterFormattedText**
+### enterFormattedText
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the caret has entered formatted text.
 
@@ -1064,7 +1078,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="exitFormattedText" href="#exitFormattedText">#</a> **exitFormattedText**
+### exitFormattedText
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the user caret has exited formatted text.
 
@@ -1072,7 +1086,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="flashBlock" href="#flashBlock">#</a> **flashBlock**
+### flashBlock
 
 Yields action objects used in signalling that the block corresponding to the
 given clientId should appear to "flash" by rhythmically highlighting it.
@@ -1081,7 +1095,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _clientId_ `string`: Target block client ID.
 
-<a name="hideInsertionPoint" href="#hideInsertionPoint">#</a> **hideInsertionPoint**
+### hideInsertionPoint
 
 Returns an action object hiding the insertion point.
 
@@ -1089,7 +1103,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="insertAfterBlock" href="#insertAfterBlock">#</a> **insertAfterBlock**
+### insertAfterBlock
 
 Generator used to insert an empty block before a given block.
 
@@ -1097,7 +1111,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _clientId_ `string`:
 
-<a name="insertBeforeBlock" href="#insertBeforeBlock">#</a> **insertBeforeBlock**
+### insertBeforeBlock
 
 Generator used to insert an empty block after a given block.
 
@@ -1105,7 +1119,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _clientId_ `string`:
 
-<a name="insertBlock" href="#insertBlock">#</a> **insertBlock**
+### insertBlock
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that a single block should be
 inserted, optionally at a specific index respective a root block list.
@@ -1116,12 +1130,13 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _index_ `?number`: Index at which block should be inserted.
 -   _rootClientId_ `?string`: Optional root client ID of block list on which to insert.
 -   _updateSelection_ `?boolean`: If true block selection will be updated. If false, block selection will not change. Defaults to true.
+-   _meta_ `?Object`: Optional Meta values to be passed to the action object.
 
 _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="insertBlocks" href="#insertBlocks">#</a> **insertBlocks**
+### insertBlocks
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that an array of blocks should
 be inserted, optionally at a specific index respective a root block list.
@@ -1139,7 +1154,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="insertDefaultBlock" href="#insertDefaultBlock">#</a> **insertDefaultBlock**
+### insertDefaultBlock
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that a new block of the default
 type should be added to the block list.
@@ -1154,7 +1169,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object
 
-<a name="mergeBlocks" href="#mergeBlocks">#</a> **mergeBlocks**
+### mergeBlocks
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that two blocks should be merged
 
@@ -1163,11 +1178,11 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _firstBlockClientId_ `string`: Client ID of the first block to merge.
 -   _secondBlockClientId_ `string`: Client ID of the second block to merge.
 
-<a name="moveBlocksDown" href="#moveBlocksDown">#</a> **moveBlocksDown**
+### moveBlocksDown
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="moveBlocksToPosition" href="#moveBlocksToPosition">#</a> **moveBlocksToPosition**
+### moveBlocksToPosition
 
 Returns an action object signalling that the given blocks should be moved to
 a new position.
@@ -1179,11 +1194,11 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _toRootClientId_ `?string`: Root client ID destination.
 -   _index_ `number`: The index to move the blocks to.
 
-<a name="moveBlocksUp" href="#moveBlocksUp">#</a> **moveBlocksUp**
+### moveBlocksUp
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="moveBlockToPosition" href="#moveBlockToPosition">#</a> **moveBlockToPosition**
+### moveBlockToPosition
 
 Returns an action object signalling that the given block should be moved to a
 new position.
@@ -1195,7 +1210,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _toRootClientId_ `?string`: Root client ID destination.
 -   _index_ `number`: The index to move the block to.
 
-<a name="multiSelect" href="#multiSelect">#</a> **multiSelect**
+### multiSelect
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that block multi-selection changed.
 
@@ -1204,7 +1219,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _start_ `string`: First block of the multi selection.
 -   _end_ `string`: Last block of the multiselection.
 
-<a name="receiveBlocks" href="#receiveBlocks">#</a> **receiveBlocks**
+### receiveBlocks
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that blocks have been received.
 Unlike resetBlocks, these should be appended to the existing known set, not
@@ -1218,7 +1233,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="removeBlock" href="#removeBlock">#</a> **removeBlock**
+### removeBlock
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the block with the
 specified client ID is to be removed.
@@ -1232,7 +1247,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="removeBlocks" href="#removeBlocks">#</a> **removeBlocks**
+### removeBlocks
 
 Yields action objects used in signalling that the blocks corresponding to
 the set of specified client IDs are to be removed.
@@ -1242,7 +1257,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _clientIds_ `string|string[]`: Client IDs of blocks to remove.
 -   _selectPrevious_ `boolean`: True if the previous block should be selected when a block is removed.
 
-<a name="replaceBlock" href="#replaceBlock">#</a> **replaceBlock**
+### replaceBlock
 
 Returns an action object signalling that a single block should be replaced
 with one or more replacement blocks.
@@ -1256,7 +1271,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="replaceBlocks" href="#replaceBlocks">#</a> **replaceBlocks**
+### replaceBlocks
 
 Returns an action object signalling that a blocks should be replaced with
 one or more replacement blocks.
@@ -1269,7 +1284,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _initialPosition_ `0|-1|null`: Index of caret after in the selected block after the operation.
 -   _meta_ `?Object`: Optional Meta values to be passed to the action object.
 
-<a name="replaceInnerBlocks" href="#replaceInnerBlocks">#</a> **replaceInnerBlocks**
+### replaceInnerBlocks
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the inner blocks with the
 specified client ID should be replaced.
@@ -1285,7 +1300,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="resetBlocks" href="#resetBlocks">#</a> **resetBlocks**
+### resetBlocks
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that blocks state should be
 reset to the specified array of blocks, taking precedence over any other
@@ -1295,7 +1310,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _blocks_ `Array`: Array of blocks.
 
-<a name="resetSelection" href="#resetSelection">#</a> **resetSelection**
+### resetSelection
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that selection state should be
 reset to the specified selection.
@@ -1310,7 +1325,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="selectBlock" href="#selectBlock">#</a> **selectBlock**
+### selectBlock
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the block with the
 specified client ID has been selected, optionally accepting a position
@@ -1326,7 +1341,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="selectionChange" href="#selectionChange">#</a> **selectionChange**
+### selectionChange
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the user caret has changed
 position.
@@ -1342,7 +1357,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="selectNextBlock" href="#selectNextBlock">#</a> **selectNextBlock**
+### selectNextBlock
 
 Yields action objects used in signalling that the block following the given
 clientId should be selected.
@@ -1351,7 +1366,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _clientId_ `string`: Block client ID.
 
-<a name="selectPreviousBlock" href="#selectPreviousBlock">#</a> **selectPreviousBlock**
+### selectPreviousBlock
 
 Yields action objects used in signalling that the block preceding the given
 clientId should be selected.
@@ -1360,7 +1375,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _clientId_ `string`: Block client ID.
 
-<a name="setBlockMovingClientId" href="#setBlockMovingClientId">#</a> **setBlockMovingClientId**
+### setBlockMovingClientId
 
 Generator that triggers an action used to enable or disable the block moving mode.
 
@@ -1368,7 +1383,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _hasBlockMovingClientId_ `string|null`: Enable/Disable block moving mode.
 
-<a name="setHasControlledInnerBlocks" href="#setHasControlledInnerBlocks">#</a> **setHasControlledInnerBlocks**
+### setHasControlledInnerBlocks
 
 Returns an action object that sets whether the block has controlled innerblocks.
 
@@ -1377,7 +1392,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _clientId_ `string`: The block's clientId.
 -   _hasControlledInnerBlocks_ `boolean`: True if the block's inner blocks are controlled.
 
-<a name="setNavigationMode" href="#setNavigationMode">#</a> **setNavigationMode**
+### setNavigationMode
 
 Generators that triggers an action used to enable or disable the navigation mode.
 
@@ -1385,7 +1400,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _isNavigationMode_ `string`: Enable/Disable navigation mode.
 
-<a name="setTemplateValidity" href="#setTemplateValidity">#</a> **setTemplateValidity**
+### setTemplateValidity
 
 Returns an action object resetting the template validity.
 
@@ -1397,7 +1412,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="showInsertionPoint" href="#showInsertionPoint">#</a> **showInsertionPoint**
+### showInsertionPoint
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the insertion point should
 be shown.
@@ -1406,12 +1421,13 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _rootClientId_ `?string`: Optional root client ID of block list on which to insert.
 -   _index_ `?number`: Index at which block should be inserted.
+-   _\_\_unstableOptions_ `Object`: Wether or not to show an inserter button.
 
 _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="startDraggingBlocks" href="#startDraggingBlocks">#</a> **startDraggingBlocks**
+### startDraggingBlocks
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the user has begun to drag blocks.
 
@@ -1423,7 +1439,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="startMultiSelect" href="#startMultiSelect">#</a> **startMultiSelect**
+### startMultiSelect
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that a block multi-selection has started.
 
@@ -1431,7 +1447,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="startTyping" href="#startTyping">#</a> **startTyping**
+### startTyping
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the user has begun to type.
 
@@ -1439,7 +1455,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="stopDraggingBlocks" href="#stopDraggingBlocks">#</a> **stopDraggingBlocks**
+### stopDraggingBlocks
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the user has stopped dragging blocks.
 
@@ -1447,7 +1463,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="stopMultiSelect" href="#stopMultiSelect">#</a> **stopMultiSelect**
+### stopMultiSelect
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that block multi-selection stopped.
 
@@ -1455,7 +1471,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="stopTyping" href="#stopTyping">#</a> **stopTyping**
+### stopTyping
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the user has stopped typing.
 
@@ -1463,7 +1479,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="synchronizeTemplate" href="#synchronizeTemplate">#</a> **synchronizeTemplate**
+### synchronizeTemplate
 
 Returns an action object synchronize the template with the list of blocks
 
@@ -1471,7 +1487,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="toggleBlockHighlight" href="#toggleBlockHighlight">#</a> **toggleBlockHighlight**
+### toggleBlockHighlight
 
 Returns an action object that toggles the highlighted block state.
 
@@ -1480,7 +1496,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _clientId_ `string`: The block's clientId.
 -   _isHighlighted_ `boolean`: The highlight state.
 
-<a name="toggleBlockMode" href="#toggleBlockMode">#</a> **toggleBlockMode**
+### toggleBlockMode
 
 Returns an action object used to toggle the block editing mode between
 visual and HTML modes.
@@ -1493,7 +1509,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="toggleSelection" href="#toggleSelection">#</a> **toggleSelection**
+### toggleSelection
 
 Returns an action object that enables or disables block selection.
 
@@ -1505,7 +1521,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="updateBlock" href="#updateBlock">#</a> **updateBlock**
+### updateBlock
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the block with the
 specified client ID has been updated.
@@ -1519,7 +1535,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="updateBlockAttributes" href="#updateBlockAttributes">#</a> **updateBlockAttributes**
+### updateBlockAttributes
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the multiple blocks'
 attributes with the specified client IDs have been updated.
@@ -1534,7 +1550,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="updateBlockListSettings" href="#updateBlockListSettings">#</a> **updateBlockListSettings**
+### updateBlockListSettings
 
 Returns an action object that changes the nested settings of a given block.
 
@@ -1547,7 +1563,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object
 
-<a name="updateSettings" href="#updateSettings">#</a> **updateSettings**
+### updateSettings
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the block editor settings have been updated.
 
@@ -1559,7 +1575,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object
 
-<a name="validateBlocksToTemplate" href="#validateBlocksToTemplate">#</a> **validateBlocksToTemplate**
+### validateBlocksToTemplate
 
 Block validity is a function of blocks state (at the point of a
 reset) and the template setting. As a compromise to its placement
@@ -1570,4 +1586,4 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _blocks_ `Array`: Array of blocks.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/block-editor/src/store/actions.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/block-editor/src/store/actions.js) -->
diff --git a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-blocks.md b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-blocks.md
index 64949ca0f7b9e..ed4610bf7884e 100644
--- a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-blocks.md
+++ b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-blocks.md
@@ -4,9 +4,33 @@ Namespace: `core/blocks`.
 
 ## Selectors
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/blocks/src/store/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/blocks/src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
-<a name="getBlockStyles" href="#getBlockStyles">#</a> **getBlockStyles**
+### getActiveBlockVariation
+
+Returns the active block variation for a given block based on its attributes.
+Variations are determined by their `isActive` property.
+Which is either an array of block attribute keys or a function.
+
+In case of an array of block attribute keys, the `attributes` are compared
+to the variation's attributes using strict equality check.
+
+In case of function type, the function should accept a block's attributes
+and the variation's attributes and determines if a variation is active.
+A function that accepts a block's attributes and the variation's attributes and determines if a variation is active.
+
+_Parameters_
+
+-   _state_ `Object`: Data state.
+-   _blockName_ `string`: Name of block (example: “core/columns”).
+-   _attributes_ `Object`: Block attributes used to determine active variation.
+-   _scope_ `[WPBlockVariationScope]`: Block variation scope name.
+
+_Returns_
+
+-   `(WPBlockVariation|undefined)`: Active block variation.
+
+### getBlockStyles
 
 Returns block styles by block name.
 
@@ -19,7 +43,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array?`: Block Styles.
 
-<a name="getBlockSupport" href="#getBlockSupport">#</a> **getBlockSupport**
+### getBlockSupport
 
 Returns the block support value for a feature, if defined.
 
@@ -34,7 +58,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?*`: Block support value
 
-<a name="getBlockType" href="#getBlockType">#</a> **getBlockType**
+### getBlockType
 
 Returns a block type by name.
 
@@ -47,7 +71,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: Block Type.
 
-<a name="getBlockTypes" href="#getBlockTypes">#</a> **getBlockTypes**
+### getBlockTypes
 
 Returns all the available block types.
 
@@ -59,7 +83,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Block Types.
 
-<a name="getBlockVariations" href="#getBlockVariations">#</a> **getBlockVariations**
+### getBlockVariations
 
 Returns block variations by block name.
 
@@ -73,7 +97,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `(WPBlockVariation[]|void)`: Block variations.
 
-<a name="getCategories" href="#getCategories">#</a> **getCategories**
+### getCategories
 
 Returns all the available categories.
 
@@ -85,7 +109,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPBlockCategory[]`: Categories list.
 
-<a name="getChildBlockNames" href="#getChildBlockNames">#</a> **getChildBlockNames**
+### getChildBlockNames
 
 Returns an array with the child blocks of a given block.
 
@@ -98,7 +122,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Array of child block names.
 
-<a name="getCollections" href="#getCollections">#</a> **getCollections**
+### getCollections
 
 Returns all the available collections.
 
@@ -110,7 +134,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Collections list.
 
-<a name="getDefaultBlockName" href="#getDefaultBlockName">#</a> **getDefaultBlockName**
+### getDefaultBlockName
 
 Returns the name of the default block name.
 
@@ -122,7 +146,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string?`: Default block name.
 
-<a name="getDefaultBlockVariation" href="#getDefaultBlockVariation">#</a> **getDefaultBlockVariation**
+### getDefaultBlockVariation
 
 Returns the default block variation for the given block type.
 When there are multiple variations annotated as the default one,
@@ -139,7 +163,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?WPBlockVariation`: The default block variation.
 
-<a name="getFreeformFallbackBlockName" href="#getFreeformFallbackBlockName">#</a> **getFreeformFallbackBlockName**
+### getFreeformFallbackBlockName
 
 Returns the name of the block for handling non-block content.
 
@@ -151,7 +175,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string?`: Name of the block for handling non-block content.
 
-<a name="getGroupingBlockName" href="#getGroupingBlockName">#</a> **getGroupingBlockName**
+### getGroupingBlockName
 
 Returns the name of the block for handling unregistered blocks.
 
@@ -163,7 +187,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string?`: Name of the block for handling unregistered blocks.
 
-<a name="getUnregisteredFallbackBlockName" href="#getUnregisteredFallbackBlockName">#</a> **getUnregisteredFallbackBlockName**
+### getUnregisteredFallbackBlockName
 
 Returns the name of the block for handling unregistered blocks.
 
@@ -175,7 +199,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string?`: Name of the block for handling unregistered blocks.
 
-<a name="hasBlockSupport" href="#hasBlockSupport">#</a> **hasBlockSupport**
+### hasBlockSupport
 
 Returns true if the block defines support for a feature, or false otherwise.
 
@@ -190,7 +214,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether block supports feature.
 
-<a name="hasChildBlocks" href="#hasChildBlocks">#</a> **hasChildBlocks**
+### hasChildBlocks
 
 Returns a boolean indicating if a block has child blocks or not.
 
@@ -203,7 +227,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if a block contains child blocks and false otherwise.
 
-<a name="hasChildBlocksWithInserterSupport" href="#hasChildBlocksWithInserterSupport">#</a> **hasChildBlocksWithInserterSupport**
+### hasChildBlocksWithInserterSupport
 
 Returns a boolean indicating if a block has at least one child block with inserter support.
 
@@ -216,7 +240,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if a block contains at least one child blocks with inserter support and false otherwise.
 
-<a name="isMatchingSearchTerm" href="#isMatchingSearchTerm">#</a> **isMatchingSearchTerm**
+### isMatchingSearchTerm
 
 Returns true if the block type by the given name or object value matches a
 search term, or false otherwise.
@@ -231,13 +255,13 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object[]`: Whether block type matches search term.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/blocks/src/store/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/blocks/src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
 ## Actions
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/blocks/src/store/actions.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/blocks/src/store/actions.js) -->
 
-<a name="addBlockCollection" href="#addBlockCollection">#</a> **addBlockCollection**
+### addBlockCollection
 
 Returns an action object used to add block collections
 
@@ -251,7 +275,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="addBlockStyles" href="#addBlockStyles">#</a> **addBlockStyles**
+### addBlockStyles
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that new block styles have been added.
 
@@ -264,7 +288,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="addBlockTypes" href="#addBlockTypes">#</a> **addBlockTypes**
+### addBlockTypes
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that block types have been added.
 
@@ -276,7 +300,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="addBlockVariations" href="#addBlockVariations">#</a> **addBlockVariations**
+### addBlockVariations
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that new block variations have been added.
 
@@ -289,7 +313,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="removeBlockCollection" href="#removeBlockCollection">#</a> **removeBlockCollection**
+### removeBlockCollection
 
 Returns an action object used to remove block collections
 
@@ -301,7 +325,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="removeBlockStyles" href="#removeBlockStyles">#</a> **removeBlockStyles**
+### removeBlockStyles
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that block styles have been removed.
 
@@ -314,7 +338,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="removeBlockTypes" href="#removeBlockTypes">#</a> **removeBlockTypes**
+### removeBlockTypes
 
 Returns an action object used to remove a registered block type.
 
@@ -326,7 +350,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="removeBlockVariations" href="#removeBlockVariations">#</a> **removeBlockVariations**
+### removeBlockVariations
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that block variations have been removed.
 
@@ -339,7 +363,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="setCategories" href="#setCategories">#</a> **setCategories**
+### setCategories
 
 Returns an action object used to set block categories.
 
@@ -351,7 +375,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="setDefaultBlockName" href="#setDefaultBlockName">#</a> **setDefaultBlockName**
+### setDefaultBlockName
 
 Returns an action object used to set the default block name.
 
@@ -363,7 +387,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="setFreeformFallbackBlockName" href="#setFreeformFallbackBlockName">#</a> **setFreeformFallbackBlockName**
+### setFreeformFallbackBlockName
 
 Returns an action object used to set the name of the block used as a fallback
 for non-block content.
@@ -376,7 +400,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="setGroupingBlockName" href="#setGroupingBlockName">#</a> **setGroupingBlockName**
+### setGroupingBlockName
 
 Returns an action object used to set the name of the block used
 when grouping other blocks
@@ -390,7 +414,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="setUnregisteredFallbackBlockName" href="#setUnregisteredFallbackBlockName">#</a> **setUnregisteredFallbackBlockName**
+### setUnregisteredFallbackBlockName
 
 Returns an action object used to set the name of the block used as a fallback
 for unregistered blocks.
@@ -403,7 +427,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="updateCategory" href="#updateCategory">#</a> **updateCategory**
+### updateCategory
 
 Returns an action object used to update a category.
 
@@ -416,4 +440,4 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/blocks/src/store/actions.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/blocks/src/store/actions.js) -->
diff --git a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-edit-post.md b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-edit-post.md
index b238dbe264fc4..2042817a8c8f4 100644
--- a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-edit-post.md
+++ b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-edit-post.md
@@ -4,9 +4,21 @@ Namespace: `core/edit-post`.
 
 ## Selectors
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/edit-post/src/store/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/edit-post/src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
-<a name="getActiveGeneralSidebarName" href="#getActiveGeneralSidebarName">#</a> **getActiveGeneralSidebarName**
+### areMetaBoxesInitialized
+
+Returns true if meta boxes are initialized.
+
+_Parameters_
+
+-   _state_ `Object`: Global application state.
+
+_Returns_
+
+-   `boolean`: Whether meta boxes are initialized.
+
+### getActiveGeneralSidebarName
 
 Returns the current active general sidebar name, or null if there is no
 general sidebar active. The active general sidebar is a unique name to
@@ -25,7 +37,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: Active general sidebar name.
 
-<a name="getActiveMetaBoxLocations" href="#getActiveMetaBoxLocations">#</a> **getActiveMetaBoxLocations**
+### getActiveMetaBoxLocations
 
 Returns an array of active meta box locations.
 
@@ -37,7 +49,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string[]`: Active meta box locations.
 
-<a name="getAllMetaBoxes" href="#getAllMetaBoxes">#</a> **getAllMetaBoxes**
+### getAllMetaBoxes
 
 Returns the list of all the available meta boxes.
 
@@ -49,7 +61,15 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: List of meta boxes.
 
-<a name="getEditorMode" href="#getEditorMode">#</a> **getEditorMode**
+### getEditedPostTemplate
+
+Retrieves the template of the currently edited post.
+
+_Returns_
+
+-   `Object?`: Post Template.
+
+### getEditorMode
 
 Returns the current editing mode.
 
@@ -61,7 +81,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Editing mode.
 
-<a name="getMetaBoxesPerLocation" href="#getMetaBoxesPerLocation">#</a> **getMetaBoxesPerLocation**
+### getMetaBoxesPerLocation
 
 Returns the list of all the available meta boxes for a given location.
 
@@ -74,7 +94,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?Array`: List of meta boxes.
 
-<a name="getPreference" href="#getPreference">#</a> **getPreference**
+### getPreference
 
 _Parameters_
 
@@ -86,7 +106,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `*`: Preference Value.
 
-<a name="getPreferences" href="#getPreferences">#</a> **getPreferences**
+### getPreferences
 
 Returns the preferences (these preferences are persisted locally).
 
@@ -98,7 +118,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Preferences Object.
 
-<a name="hasMetaBoxes" href="#hasMetaBoxes">#</a> **hasMetaBoxes**
+### hasMetaBoxes
 
 Returns true if the post is using Meta Boxes
 
@@ -110,7 +130,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether there are metaboxes or not.
 
-<a name="isEditingTemplate" href="#isEditingTemplate">#</a> **isEditingTemplate**
+### isEditingTemplate
 
 Returns true if the template editing mode is enabled.
 
@@ -122,7 +142,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether we're editing the template.
 
-<a name="isEditorPanelEnabled" href="#isEditorPanelEnabled">#</a> **isEditorPanelEnabled**
+### isEditorPanelEnabled
 
 Returns true if the given panel is enabled, or false otherwise. Panels are
 enabled by default.
@@ -136,7 +156,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether or not the panel is enabled.
 
-<a name="isEditorPanelOpened" href="#isEditorPanelOpened">#</a> **isEditorPanelOpened**
+### isEditorPanelOpened
 
 Returns true if the given panel is open, or false otherwise. Panels are
 closed by default.
@@ -150,7 +170,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether or not the panel is open.
 
-<a name="isEditorPanelRemoved" href="#isEditorPanelRemoved">#</a> **isEditorPanelRemoved**
+### isEditorPanelRemoved
 
 Returns true if the given panel was programmatically removed, or false otherwise.
 All panels are not removed by default.
@@ -164,7 +184,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether or not the panel is removed.
 
-<a name="isEditorSidebarOpened" href="#isEditorSidebarOpened">#</a> **isEditorSidebarOpened**
+### isEditorSidebarOpened
 
 Returns true if the editor sidebar is opened.
 
@@ -176,7 +196,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the editor sidebar is opened.
 
-<a name="isFeatureActive" href="#isFeatureActive">#</a> **isFeatureActive**
+### isFeatureActive
 
 Returns whether the given feature is enabled or not.
 
@@ -189,7 +209,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Is active.
 
-<a name="isInserterOpened" href="#isInserterOpened">#</a> **isInserterOpened**
+### isInserterOpened
 
 Returns true if the inserter is opened.
 
@@ -201,7 +221,19 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the inserter is opened.
 
-<a name="isMetaBoxLocationActive" href="#isMetaBoxLocationActive">#</a> **isMetaBoxLocationActive**
+### isListViewOpened
+
+Returns true if the list view is opened.
+
+_Parameters_
+
+-   _state_ `Object`: Global application state.
+
+_Returns_
+
+-   `boolean`: Whether the list view is opened.
+
+### isMetaBoxLocationActive
 
 Returns true if there is an active meta box in the given location, or false
 otherwise.
@@ -215,7 +247,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the meta box location is active.
 
-<a name="isMetaBoxLocationVisible" href="#isMetaBoxLocationVisible">#</a> **isMetaBoxLocationVisible**
+### isMetaBoxLocationVisible
 
 Returns true if a metabox location is active and visible
 
@@ -228,7 +260,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the meta box location is active and visible.
 
-<a name="isModalActive" href="#isModalActive">#</a> **isModalActive**
+### isModalActive
 
 Returns true if a modal is active, or false otherwise.
 
@@ -241,7 +273,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the modal is active.
 
-<a name="isPluginItemPinned" href="#isPluginItemPinned">#</a> **isPluginItemPinned**
+### isPluginItemPinned
 
 Returns true if the plugin item is pinned to the header.
 When the value is not set it defaults to true.
@@ -255,7 +287,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the plugin item is pinned.
 
-<a name="isPluginSidebarOpened" href="#isPluginSidebarOpened">#</a> **isPluginSidebarOpened**
+### isPluginSidebarOpened
 
 Returns true if the plugin sidebar is opened.
 
@@ -267,7 +299,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the plugin sidebar is opened.
 
-<a name="isPublishSidebarOpened" href="#isPublishSidebarOpened">#</a> **isPublishSidebarOpened**
+### isPublishSidebarOpened
 
 Returns true if the publish sidebar is opened.
 
@@ -279,7 +311,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the publish sidebar is open.
 
-<a name="isSavingMetaBoxes" href="#isSavingMetaBoxes">#</a> **isSavingMetaBoxes**
+### isSavingMetaBoxes
 
 Returns true if the Meta Boxes are being saved.
 
@@ -291,17 +323,17 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the metaboxes are being saved.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/edit-post/src/store/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/edit-post/src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
 ## Actions
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/edit-post/src/store/actions.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/edit-post/src/store/actions.js) -->
 
-<a name="closeGeneralSidebar" href="#closeGeneralSidebar">#</a> **closeGeneralSidebar**
+### closeGeneralSidebar
 
 Returns an action object signalling that the user closed the sidebar.
 
-<a name="closeModal" href="#closeModal">#</a> **closeModal**
+### closeModal
 
 Returns an action object signalling that the user closed a modal.
 
@@ -309,7 +341,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="closePublishSidebar" href="#closePublishSidebar">#</a> **closePublishSidebar**
+### closePublishSidebar
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the user closed the
 publish sidebar.
@@ -318,7 +350,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="hideBlockTypes" href="#hideBlockTypes">#</a> **hideBlockTypes**
+### hideBlockTypes
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that block types by the given
 name(s) should be hidden.
@@ -331,7 +363,11 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="metaBoxUpdatesSuccess" href="#metaBoxUpdatesSuccess">#</a> **metaBoxUpdatesSuccess**
+### initializeMetaBoxes
+
+Initializes WordPress `postboxes` script and the logic for saving meta boxes.
+
+### metaBoxUpdatesSuccess
 
 Returns an action object used signal a successful meta box update.
 
@@ -339,7 +375,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="openGeneralSidebar" href="#openGeneralSidebar">#</a> **openGeneralSidebar**
+### openGeneralSidebar
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the user opened an editor sidebar.
 
@@ -347,7 +383,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _name_ `?string`: Sidebar name to be opened.
 
-<a name="openModal" href="#openModal">#</a> **openModal**
+### openModal
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the user opened a modal.
 
@@ -359,7 +395,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="openPublishSidebar" href="#openPublishSidebar">#</a> **openPublishSidebar**
+### openPublishSidebar
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the user opened the publish
 sidebar.
@@ -368,7 +404,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object
 
-<a name="removeEditorPanel" href="#removeEditorPanel">#</a> **removeEditorPanel**
+### removeEditorPanel
 
 Returns an action object used to remove a panel from the editor.
 
@@ -380,11 +416,11 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="requestMetaBoxUpdates" href="#requestMetaBoxUpdates">#</a> **requestMetaBoxUpdates**
+### requestMetaBoxUpdates
 
 Returns an action object used to request meta box update.
 
-<a name="setAvailableMetaBoxesPerLocation" href="#setAvailableMetaBoxesPerLocation">#</a> **setAvailableMetaBoxesPerLocation**
+### setAvailableMetaBoxesPerLocation
 
 Returns an action object used in signaling
 what Meta boxes are available in which location.
@@ -393,7 +429,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _metaBoxesPerLocation_ `Object`: Meta boxes per location.
 
-<a name="setIsEditingTemplate" href="#setIsEditingTemplate">#</a> **setIsEditingTemplate**
+### setIsEditingTemplate
 
 Returns an action object used to switch to template editing.
 
@@ -405,19 +441,33 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="setIsInserterOpened" href="#setIsInserterOpened">#</a> **setIsInserterOpened**
+### setIsInserterOpened
 
 Returns an action object used to open/close the inserter.
 
 _Parameters_
 
--   _value_ `boolean`: A boolean representing whether the inserter should be opened or closed.
+-   _value_ `boolean|Object`: Whether the inserter should be opened (true) or closed (false). To specify an insertion point, use an object.
+-   _value.rootClientId_ `string`: The root client ID to insert at.
+-   _value.insertionIndex_ `number`: The index to insert at.
+
+_Returns_
+
+-   `Object`: Action object.
+
+### setIsListViewOpened
+
+Returns an action object used to open/close the list view.
+
+_Parameters_
+
+-   _isOpen_ `boolean`: A boolean representing whether the list view should be opened or closed.
 
 _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="showBlockTypes" href="#showBlockTypes">#</a> **showBlockTypes**
+### showBlockTypes
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that block types by the given
 name(s) should be shown.
@@ -430,11 +480,11 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="switchEditorMode" href="#switchEditorMode">#</a> **switchEditorMode**
+### switchEditorMode
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="toggleEditorPanelEnabled" href="#toggleEditorPanelEnabled">#</a> **toggleEditorPanelEnabled**
+### toggleEditorPanelEnabled
 
 Returns an action object used to enable or disable a panel in the editor.
 
@@ -446,7 +496,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="toggleEditorPanelOpened" href="#toggleEditorPanelOpened">#</a> **toggleEditorPanelOpened**
+### toggleEditorPanelOpened
 
 Returns an action object used to open or close a panel in the editor.
 
@@ -458,7 +508,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="toggleFeature" href="#toggleFeature">#</a> **toggleFeature**
+### toggleFeature
 
 Returns an action object used to toggle a feature flag.
 
@@ -470,7 +520,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="togglePinnedPluginItem" href="#togglePinnedPluginItem">#</a> **togglePinnedPluginItem**
+### togglePinnedPluginItem
 
 Returns an action object used to toggle a plugin name flag.
 
@@ -482,7 +532,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="togglePublishSidebar" href="#togglePublishSidebar">#</a> **togglePublishSidebar**
+### togglePublishSidebar
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the user toggles the publish sidebar.
 
@@ -490,7 +540,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object
 
-<a name="updatePreferredStyleVariations" href="#updatePreferredStyleVariations">#</a> **updatePreferredStyleVariations**
+### updatePreferredStyleVariations
 
 Returns an action object used in signaling that a style should be auto-applied when a block is created.
 
@@ -503,4 +553,4 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/edit-post/src/store/actions.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/edit-post/src/store/actions.js) -->
diff --git a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-editor.md b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-editor.md
index 87a14b0b1482f..5ada51db29c7f 100644
--- a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-editor.md
+++ b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-editor.md
@@ -4,15 +4,15 @@ Namespace: `core/editor`.
 
 ## Selectors
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/editor/src/store/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/editor/src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
-<a name="canInsertBlockType" href="#canInsertBlockType">#</a> **canInsertBlockType**
+### canInsertBlockType
 
 _Related_
 
 -   canInsertBlockType in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="canUserUseUnfilteredHTML" href="#canUserUseUnfilteredHTML">#</a> **canUserUseUnfilteredHTML**
+### canUserUseUnfilteredHTML
 
 Returns whether or not the user has the unfiltered_html capability.
 
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the user can or can't post unfiltered HTML.
 
-<a name="didPostSaveRequestFail" href="#didPostSaveRequestFail">#</a> **didPostSaveRequestFail**
+### didPostSaveRequestFail
 
 Returns true if a previous post save was attempted but failed, or false
 otherwise.
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the post save failed.
 
-<a name="didPostSaveRequestSucceed" href="#didPostSaveRequestSucceed">#</a> **didPostSaveRequestSucceed**
+### didPostSaveRequestSucceed
 
 Returns true if a previous post save was attempted successfully, or false
 otherwise.
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the post was saved successfully.
 
-<a name="getActivePostLock" href="#getActivePostLock">#</a> **getActivePostLock**
+### getActivePostLock
 
 Returns the active post lock.
 
@@ -62,13 +62,13 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: The lock object.
 
-<a name="getAdjacentBlockClientId" href="#getAdjacentBlockClientId">#</a> **getAdjacentBlockClientId**
+### getAdjacentBlockClientId
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getAdjacentBlockClientId in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getAutosave" href="#getAutosave">#</a> **getAutosave**
+### getAutosave
 
 > **Deprecated** since 5.6. Callers should use the `getAutosave( postType, postId, userId )` selector from the '@wordpress/core-data' package.
 
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?Object`: Current autosave, if exists.
 
-<a name="getAutosaveAttribute" href="#getAutosaveAttribute">#</a> **getAutosaveAttribute**
+### getAutosaveAttribute
 
 > **Deprecated** since 5.6. Callers should use the `getAutosave( postType, postId, userId )` selector from the '@wordpress/core-data' package and access properties on the returned autosave object using getPostRawValue.
 
@@ -100,97 +100,97 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `*`: Autosave attribute value.
 
-<a name="getBlock" href="#getBlock">#</a> **getBlock**
+### getBlock
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getBlock in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getBlockAttributes" href="#getBlockAttributes">#</a> **getBlockAttributes**
+### getBlockAttributes
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getBlockAttributes in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getBlockCount" href="#getBlockCount">#</a> **getBlockCount**
+### getBlockCount
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getBlockCount in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getBlockHierarchyRootClientId" href="#getBlockHierarchyRootClientId">#</a> **getBlockHierarchyRootClientId**
+### getBlockHierarchyRootClientId
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getBlockHierarchyRootClientId in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getBlockIndex" href="#getBlockIndex">#</a> **getBlockIndex**
+### getBlockIndex
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getBlockIndex in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getBlockInsertionPoint" href="#getBlockInsertionPoint">#</a> **getBlockInsertionPoint**
+### getBlockInsertionPoint
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getBlockInsertionPoint in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getBlockListSettings" href="#getBlockListSettings">#</a> **getBlockListSettings**
+### getBlockListSettings
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getBlockListSettings in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getBlockMode" href="#getBlockMode">#</a> **getBlockMode**
+### getBlockMode
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getBlockMode in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getBlockName" href="#getBlockName">#</a> **getBlockName**
+### getBlockName
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getBlockName in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getBlockOrder" href="#getBlockOrder">#</a> **getBlockOrder**
+### getBlockOrder
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getBlockOrder in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getBlockRootClientId" href="#getBlockRootClientId">#</a> **getBlockRootClientId**
+### getBlockRootClientId
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getBlockRootClientId in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getBlocks" href="#getBlocks">#</a> **getBlocks**
+### getBlocks
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getBlocks in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getBlocksByClientId" href="#getBlocksByClientId">#</a> **getBlocksByClientId**
+### getBlocksByClientId
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getBlocksByClientId in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getBlockSelectionEnd" href="#getBlockSelectionEnd">#</a> **getBlockSelectionEnd**
+### getBlockSelectionEnd
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getBlockSelectionEnd in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getBlockSelectionStart" href="#getBlockSelectionStart">#</a> **getBlockSelectionStart**
+### getBlockSelectionStart
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getBlockSelectionStart in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getBlocksForSerialization" href="#getBlocksForSerialization">#</a> **getBlocksForSerialization**
+### getBlocksForSerialization
 
 > **Deprecated** since Gutenberg 6.2.0.
 
@@ -205,19 +205,19 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPBlock[]`: Filtered set of blocks for save.
 
-<a name="getClientIdsOfDescendants" href="#getClientIdsOfDescendants">#</a> **getClientIdsOfDescendants**
+### getClientIdsOfDescendants
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getClientIdsOfDescendants in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getClientIdsWithDescendants" href="#getClientIdsWithDescendants">#</a> **getClientIdsWithDescendants**
+### getClientIdsWithDescendants
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getClientIdsWithDescendants in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getCurrentPost" href="#getCurrentPost">#</a> **getCurrentPost**
+### getCurrentPost
 
 Returns the post currently being edited in its last known saved state, not
 including unsaved edits. Returns an object containing relevant default post
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Post object.
 
-<a name="getCurrentPostAttribute" href="#getCurrentPostAttribute">#</a> **getCurrentPostAttribute**
+### getCurrentPostAttribute
 
 Returns an attribute value of the saved post.
 
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `*`: Post attribute value.
 
-<a name="getCurrentPostId" href="#getCurrentPostId">#</a> **getCurrentPostId**
+### getCurrentPostId
 
 Returns the ID of the post currently being edited, or null if the post has
 not yet been saved.
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?number`: ID of current post.
 
-<a name="getCurrentPostLastRevisionId" href="#getCurrentPostLastRevisionId">#</a> **getCurrentPostLastRevisionId**
+### getCurrentPostLastRevisionId
 
 Returns the last revision ID of the post currently being edited,
 or null if the post has no revisions.
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?number`: ID of the last revision.
 
-<a name="getCurrentPostRevisionsCount" href="#getCurrentPostRevisionsCount">#</a> **getCurrentPostRevisionsCount**
+### getCurrentPostRevisionsCount
 
 Returns the number of revisions of the post currently being edited.
 
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `number`: Number of revisions.
 
-<a name="getCurrentPostType" href="#getCurrentPostType">#</a> **getCurrentPostType**
+### getCurrentPostType
 
 Returns the post type of the post currently being edited.
 
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Post type.
 
-<a name="getEditedPostAttribute" href="#getEditedPostAttribute">#</a> **getEditedPostAttribute**
+### getEditedPostAttribute
 
 Returns a single attribute of the post being edited, preferring the unsaved
 edit if one exists, but falling back to the attribute for the last known
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `*`: Post attribute value.
 
-<a name="getEditedPostContent" href="#getEditedPostContent">#</a> **getEditedPostContent**
+### getEditedPostContent
 
 Returns the content of the post being edited.
 
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Post content.
 
-<a name="getEditedPostPreviewLink" href="#getEditedPostPreviewLink">#</a> **getEditedPostPreviewLink**
+### getEditedPostPreviewLink
 
 Returns the post preview link
 
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string?`: Preview Link.
 
-<a name="getEditedPostSlug" href="#getEditedPostSlug">#</a> **getEditedPostSlug**
+### getEditedPostSlug
 
 Returns the slug for the post being edited, preferring a manually edited
 value if one exists, then a sanitized version of the current post title, and
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: The current slug to be displayed in the editor
 
-<a name="getEditedPostVisibility" href="#getEditedPostVisibility">#</a> **getEditedPostVisibility**
+### getEditedPostVisibility
 
 Returns the current visibility of the post being edited, preferring the
 unsaved value if different than the saved post. The return value is one of
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Post visibility.
 
-<a name="getEditorBlocks" href="#getEditorBlocks">#</a> **getEditorBlocks**
+### getEditorBlocks
 
 Return the current block list.
 
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Block list.
 
-<a name="getEditorSelection" href="#getEditorSelection">#</a> **getEditorSelection**
+### getEditorSelection
 
 Returns the current selection.
 
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPBlockSelection`: The selection end.
 
-<a name="getEditorSelectionEnd" href="#getEditorSelectionEnd">#</a> **getEditorSelectionEnd**
+### getEditorSelectionEnd
 
 > **Deprecated** since Gutenberg 10.0.0.
 
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPBlockSelection`: The selection end.
 
-<a name="getEditorSelectionStart" href="#getEditorSelectionStart">#</a> **getEditorSelectionStart**
+### getEditorSelectionStart
 
 > **Deprecated** since Gutenberg 10.0.0.
 
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPBlockSelection`: The selection start.
 
-<a name="getEditorSettings" href="#getEditorSettings">#</a> **getEditorSettings**
+### getEditorSettings
 
 Returns the post editor settings.
 
@@ -425,61 +425,61 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: The editor settings object.
 
-<a name="getFirstMultiSelectedBlockClientId" href="#getFirstMultiSelectedBlockClientId">#</a> **getFirstMultiSelectedBlockClientId**
+### getFirstMultiSelectedBlockClientId
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getFirstMultiSelectedBlockClientId in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getGlobalBlockCount" href="#getGlobalBlockCount">#</a> **getGlobalBlockCount**
+### getGlobalBlockCount
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getGlobalBlockCount in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getInserterItems" href="#getInserterItems">#</a> **getInserterItems**
+### getInserterItems
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getInserterItems in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getLastMultiSelectedBlockClientId" href="#getLastMultiSelectedBlockClientId">#</a> **getLastMultiSelectedBlockClientId**
+### getLastMultiSelectedBlockClientId
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getLastMultiSelectedBlockClientId in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getMultiSelectedBlockClientIds" href="#getMultiSelectedBlockClientIds">#</a> **getMultiSelectedBlockClientIds**
+### getMultiSelectedBlockClientIds
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getMultiSelectedBlockClientIds in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getMultiSelectedBlocks" href="#getMultiSelectedBlocks">#</a> **getMultiSelectedBlocks**
+### getMultiSelectedBlocks
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getMultiSelectedBlocks in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getMultiSelectedBlocksEndClientId" href="#getMultiSelectedBlocksEndClientId">#</a> **getMultiSelectedBlocksEndClientId**
+### getMultiSelectedBlocksEndClientId
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getMultiSelectedBlocksEndClientId in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getMultiSelectedBlocksStartClientId" href="#getMultiSelectedBlocksStartClientId">#</a> **getMultiSelectedBlocksStartClientId**
+### getMultiSelectedBlocksStartClientId
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getMultiSelectedBlocksStartClientId in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getNextBlockClientId" href="#getNextBlockClientId">#</a> **getNextBlockClientId**
+### getNextBlockClientId
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getNextBlockClientId in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getPermalink" href="#getPermalink">#</a> **getPermalink**
+### getPermalink
 
 Returns the permalink for the post.
 
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: The permalink, or null if the post is not viewable.
 
-<a name="getPermalinkParts" href="#getPermalinkParts">#</a> **getPermalinkParts**
+### getPermalinkParts
 
 Returns the permalink for a post, split into it's three parts: the prefix,
 the postName, and the suffix.
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: An object containing the prefix, postName, and suffix for the permalink, or null if the post is not viewable.
 
-<a name="getPostEdits" href="#getPostEdits">#</a> **getPostEdits**
+### getPostEdits
 
 Returns any post values which have been changed in the editor but not yet
 been saved.
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Object of key value pairs comprising unsaved edits.
 
-<a name="getPostLockUser" href="#getPostLockUser">#</a> **getPostLockUser**
+### getPostLockUser
 
 Returns details about the post lock user.
 
@@ -529,13 +529,13 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: A user object.
 
-<a name="getPreviousBlockClientId" href="#getPreviousBlockClientId">#</a> **getPreviousBlockClientId**
+### getPreviousBlockClientId
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getPreviousBlockClientId in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getReferenceByDistinctEdits" href="#getReferenceByDistinctEdits">#</a> **getReferenceByDistinctEdits**
+### getReferenceByDistinctEdits
 
 > **Deprecated** since Gutenberg 6.5.0.
 
@@ -558,38 +558,38 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `*`: A value whose reference will change only when an edit occurs.
 
-<a name="getSelectedBlock" href="#getSelectedBlock">#</a> **getSelectedBlock**
+### getSelectedBlock
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getSelectedBlock in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getSelectedBlockClientId" href="#getSelectedBlockClientId">#</a> **getSelectedBlockClientId**
+### getSelectedBlockClientId
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getSelectedBlockClientId in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getSelectedBlockCount" href="#getSelectedBlockCount">#</a> **getSelectedBlockCount**
+### getSelectedBlockCount
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getSelectedBlockCount in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getSelectedBlocksInitialCaretPosition" href="#getSelectedBlocksInitialCaretPosition">#</a> **getSelectedBlocksInitialCaretPosition**
+### getSelectedBlocksInitialCaretPosition
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getSelectedBlocksInitialCaretPosition in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getStateBeforeOptimisticTransaction" href="#getStateBeforeOptimisticTransaction">#</a> **getStateBeforeOptimisticTransaction**
+### getStateBeforeOptimisticTransaction
 
 > **Deprecated** since Gutenberg 9.7.0.
 
 Returns state object prior to a specified optimist transaction ID, or `null`
 if the transaction corresponding to the given ID cannot be found.
 
-<a name="getSuggestedPostFormat" href="#getSuggestedPostFormat">#</a> **getSuggestedPostFormat**
+### getSuggestedPostFormat
 
 Returns a suggested post format for the current post, inferred only if there
 is a single block within the post and it is of a type known to match a
@@ -603,19 +603,19 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: Suggested post format.
 
-<a name="getTemplate" href="#getTemplate">#</a> **getTemplate**
+### getTemplate
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getTemplate in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="getTemplateLock" href="#getTemplateLock">#</a> **getTemplateLock**
+### getTemplateLock
 
 _Related_
 
 -   getTemplateLock in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="hasAutosave" href="#hasAutosave">#</a> **hasAutosave**
+### hasAutosave
 
 > **Deprecated** since 5.6. Callers should use the `getAutosave( postType, postId, userId )` selector from the '@wordpress/core-data' package and check for a truthy value.
 
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether there is an existing autosave.
 
-<a name="hasChangedContent" href="#hasChangedContent">#</a> **hasChangedContent**
+### hasChangedContent
 
 Returns true if content includes unsaved changes, or false otherwise.
 
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether content includes unsaved changes.
 
-<a name="hasEditorRedo" href="#hasEditorRedo">#</a> **hasEditorRedo**
+### hasEditorRedo
 
 Returns true if any future editor history snapshots exist, or false
 otherwise.
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether redo history exists.
 
-<a name="hasEditorUndo" href="#hasEditorUndo">#</a> **hasEditorUndo**
+### hasEditorUndo
 
 Returns true if any past editor history snapshots exist, or false otherwise.
 
@@ -666,19 +666,19 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether undo history exists.
 
-<a name="hasInserterItems" href="#hasInserterItems">#</a> **hasInserterItems**
+### hasInserterItems
 
 _Related_
 
 -   hasInserterItems in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="hasMultiSelection" href="#hasMultiSelection">#</a> **hasMultiSelection**
+### hasMultiSelection
 
 _Related_
 
 -   hasMultiSelection in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="hasNonPostEntityChanges" href="#hasNonPostEntityChanges">#</a> **hasNonPostEntityChanges**
+### hasNonPostEntityChanges
 
 Returns true if there are unsaved edits for entities other than
 the editor's post, and false otherwise.
@@ -691,32 +691,32 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether there are edits or not.
 
-<a name="hasSelectedBlock" href="#hasSelectedBlock">#</a> **hasSelectedBlock**
+### hasSelectedBlock
 
 _Related_
 
 -   hasSelectedBlock in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="hasSelectedInnerBlock" href="#hasSelectedInnerBlock">#</a> **hasSelectedInnerBlock**
+### hasSelectedInnerBlock
 
 _Related_
 
 -   hasSelectedInnerBlock in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="inSomeHistory" href="#inSomeHistory">#</a> **inSomeHistory**
+### inSomeHistory
 
 > **Deprecated** since Gutenberg 9.7.0.
 
 Returns true if an optimistic transaction is pending commit, for which the
 before state satisfies the given predicate function.
 
-<a name="isAncestorMultiSelected" href="#isAncestorMultiSelected">#</a> **isAncestorMultiSelected**
+### isAncestorMultiSelected
 
 _Related_
 
 -   isAncestorMultiSelected in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="isAutosavingPost" href="#isAutosavingPost">#</a> **isAutosavingPost**
+### isAutosavingPost
 
 Returns true if the post is autosaving, or false otherwise.
 
@@ -728,43 +728,43 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the post is autosaving.
 
-<a name="isBlockInsertionPointVisible" href="#isBlockInsertionPointVisible">#</a> **isBlockInsertionPointVisible**
+### isBlockInsertionPointVisible
 
 _Related_
 
 -   isBlockInsertionPointVisible in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="isBlockMultiSelected" href="#isBlockMultiSelected">#</a> **isBlockMultiSelected**
+### isBlockMultiSelected
 
 _Related_
 
 -   isBlockMultiSelected in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="isBlockSelected" href="#isBlockSelected">#</a> **isBlockSelected**
+### isBlockSelected
 
 _Related_
 
 -   isBlockSelected in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="isBlockValid" href="#isBlockValid">#</a> **isBlockValid**
+### isBlockValid
 
 _Related_
 
 -   isBlockValid in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="isBlockWithinSelection" href="#isBlockWithinSelection">#</a> **isBlockWithinSelection**
+### isBlockWithinSelection
 
 _Related_
 
 -   isBlockWithinSelection in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="isCaretWithinFormattedText" href="#isCaretWithinFormattedText">#</a> **isCaretWithinFormattedText**
+### isCaretWithinFormattedText
 
 _Related_
 
 -   isCaretWithinFormattedText in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="isCleanNewPost" href="#isCleanNewPost">#</a> **isCleanNewPost**
+### isCleanNewPost
 
 Returns true if there are no unsaved values for the current edit session and
 if the currently edited post is new (has never been saved before).
@@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether new post and unsaved values exist.
 
-<a name="isCurrentPostPending" href="#isCurrentPostPending">#</a> **isCurrentPostPending**
+### isCurrentPostPending
 
 Returns true if post is pending review.
 
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether current post is pending review.
 
-<a name="isCurrentPostPublished" href="#isCurrentPostPublished">#</a> **isCurrentPostPublished**
+### isCurrentPostPublished
 
 Return true if the current post has already been published.
 
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the post has been published.
 
-<a name="isCurrentPostScheduled" href="#isCurrentPostScheduled">#</a> **isCurrentPostScheduled**
+### isCurrentPostScheduled
 
 Returns true if post is already scheduled.
 
@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether current post is scheduled to be posted.
 
-<a name="isEditedPostAutosaveable" href="#isEditedPostAutosaveable">#</a> **isEditedPostAutosaveable**
+### isEditedPostAutosaveable
 
 Returns true if the post can be autosaved, or false otherwise.
 
@@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the post can be autosaved.
 
-<a name="isEditedPostBeingScheduled" href="#isEditedPostBeingScheduled">#</a> **isEditedPostBeingScheduled**
+### isEditedPostBeingScheduled
 
 Return true if the post being edited is being scheduled. Preferring the
 unsaved status values.
@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the post has been published.
 
-<a name="isEditedPostDateFloating" href="#isEditedPostDateFloating">#</a> **isEditedPostDateFloating**
+### isEditedPostDateFloating
 
 Returns whether the current post should be considered to have a "floating"
 date (i.e. that it would publish "Immediately" rather than at a set time).
@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the edited post has a floating date value.
 
-<a name="isEditedPostDirty" href="#isEditedPostDirty">#</a> **isEditedPostDirty**
+### isEditedPostDirty
 
 Returns true if there are unsaved values for the current edit session, or
 false if the editing state matches the saved or new post.
@@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether unsaved values exist.
 
-<a name="isEditedPostEmpty" href="#isEditedPostEmpty">#</a> **isEditedPostEmpty**
+### isEditedPostEmpty
 
 Returns true if the edited post has content. A post has content if it has at
 least one saveable block or otherwise has a non-empty content property
@@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether post has content.
 
-<a name="isEditedPostNew" href="#isEditedPostNew">#</a> **isEditedPostNew**
+### isEditedPostNew
 
 Returns true if the currently edited post is yet to be saved, or false if
 the post has been saved.
@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the post is new.
 
-<a name="isEditedPostPublishable" href="#isEditedPostPublishable">#</a> **isEditedPostPublishable**
+### isEditedPostPublishable
 
 Return true if the post being edited can be published.
 
@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the post can been published.
 
-<a name="isEditedPostSaveable" href="#isEditedPostSaveable">#</a> **isEditedPostSaveable**
+### isEditedPostSaveable
 
 Returns true if the post can be saved, or false otherwise. A post must
 contain a title, an excerpt, or non-empty content to be valid for save.
@@ -923,19 +923,19 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the post can be saved.
 
-<a name="isFirstMultiSelectedBlock" href="#isFirstMultiSelectedBlock">#</a> **isFirstMultiSelectedBlock**
+### isFirstMultiSelectedBlock
 
 _Related_
 
 -   isFirstMultiSelectedBlock in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="isMultiSelecting" href="#isMultiSelecting">#</a> **isMultiSelecting**
+### isMultiSelecting
 
 _Related_
 
 -   isMultiSelecting in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="isPermalinkEditable" href="#isPermalinkEditable">#</a> **isPermalinkEditable**
+### isPermalinkEditable
 
 Returns whether the permalink is editable or not.
 
@@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether or not the permalink is editable.
 
-<a name="isPostAutosavingLocked" href="#isPostAutosavingLocked">#</a> **isPostAutosavingLocked**
+### isPostAutosavingLocked
 
 Returns whether post autosaving is locked.
 
@@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Is locked.
 
-<a name="isPostLocked" href="#isPostLocked">#</a> **isPostLocked**
+### isPostLocked
 
 Returns whether the post is locked.
 
@@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Is locked.
 
-<a name="isPostLockTakeover" href="#isPostLockTakeover">#</a> **isPostLockTakeover**
+### isPostLockTakeover
 
 Returns whether the edition of the post has been taken over.
 
@@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Is post lock takeover.
 
-<a name="isPostSavingLocked" href="#isPostSavingLocked">#</a> **isPostSavingLocked**
+### isPostSavingLocked
 
 Returns whether post saving is locked.
 
@@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Is locked.
 
-<a name="isPreviewingPost" href="#isPreviewingPost">#</a> **isPreviewingPost**
+### isPreviewingPost
 
 Returns true if the post is being previewed, or false otherwise.
 
@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the post is being previewed.
 
-<a name="isPublishingPost" href="#isPublishingPost">#</a> **isPublishingPost**
+### isPublishingPost
 
 Returns true if the post is being published, or false otherwise.
 
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether post is being published.
 
-<a name="isPublishSidebarEnabled" href="#isPublishSidebarEnabled">#</a> **isPublishSidebarEnabled**
+### isPublishSidebarEnabled
 
 Returns whether the pre-publish panel should be shown
 or skipped when the user clicks the "publish" button.
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the pre-publish panel should be shown or not.
 
-<a name="isSavingPost" href="#isSavingPost">#</a> **isSavingPost**
+### isSavingPost
 
 Returns true if the post is currently being saved, or false otherwise.
 
@@ -1044,31 +1044,31 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether post is being saved.
 
-<a name="isSelectionEnabled" href="#isSelectionEnabled">#</a> **isSelectionEnabled**
+### isSelectionEnabled
 
 _Related_
 
 -   isSelectionEnabled in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="isTyping" href="#isTyping">#</a> **isTyping**
+### isTyping
 
 _Related_
 
 -   isTyping in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="isValidTemplate" href="#isValidTemplate">#</a> **isValidTemplate**
+### isValidTemplate
 
 _Related_
 
 -   isValidTemplate in core/block-editor store.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/editor/src/store/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/editor/src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
 ## Actions
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/editor/src/store/actions.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/editor/src/store/actions.js) -->
 
-<a name="autosave" href="#autosave">#</a> **autosave**
+### autosave
 
 Action generator used in signalling that the post should autosave. This
 includes server-side autosaving (default) and client-side (a.k.a. local)
@@ -1079,13 +1079,13 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _options_ `Object?`: Extra flags to identify the autosave.
 
-<a name="clearSelectedBlock" href="#clearSelectedBlock">#</a> **clearSelectedBlock**
+### clearSelectedBlock
 
 _Related_
 
 -   clearSelectedBlock in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="createUndoLevel" href="#createUndoLevel">#</a> **createUndoLevel**
+### createUndoLevel
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that undo history record should
 be created.
@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="disablePublishSidebar" href="#disablePublishSidebar">#</a> **disablePublishSidebar**
+### disablePublishSidebar
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the user has disabled the
 publish sidebar.
@@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object
 
-<a name="editPost" href="#editPost">#</a> **editPost**
+### editPost
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that attributes of the post have
 been edited.
@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _edits_ `Object`: Post attributes to edit.
 -   _options_ `Object`: Options for the edit.
 
-<a name="enablePublishSidebar" href="#enablePublishSidebar">#</a> **enablePublishSidebar**
+### enablePublishSidebar
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the user has enabled the
 publish sidebar.
@@ -1122,43 +1122,43 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object
 
-<a name="enterFormattedText" href="#enterFormattedText">#</a> **enterFormattedText**
+### enterFormattedText
 
 _Related_
 
 -   enterFormattedText in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="exitFormattedText" href="#exitFormattedText">#</a> **exitFormattedText**
+### exitFormattedText
 
 _Related_
 
 -   exitFormattedText in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="hideInsertionPoint" href="#hideInsertionPoint">#</a> **hideInsertionPoint**
+### hideInsertionPoint
 
 _Related_
 
 -   hideInsertionPoint in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="insertBlock" href="#insertBlock">#</a> **insertBlock**
+### insertBlock
 
 _Related_
 
 -   insertBlock in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="insertBlocks" href="#insertBlocks">#</a> **insertBlocks**
+### insertBlocks
 
 _Related_
 
 -   insertBlocks in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="insertDefaultBlock" href="#insertDefaultBlock">#</a> **insertDefaultBlock**
+### insertDefaultBlock
 
 _Related_
 
 -   insertDefaultBlock in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="lockPostAutosaving" href="#lockPostAutosaving">#</a> **lockPostAutosaving**
+### lockPostAutosaving
 
 Returns an action object used to signal that post autosaving is locked.
 
@@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object
 
-<a name="lockPostSaving" href="#lockPostSaving">#</a> **lockPostSaving**
+### lockPostSaving
 
 Returns an action object used to signal that post saving is locked.
 
@@ -1222,76 +1222,76 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object
 
-<a name="mergeBlocks" href="#mergeBlocks">#</a> **mergeBlocks**
+### mergeBlocks
 
 _Related_
 
 -   mergeBlocks in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="moveBlocksDown" href="#moveBlocksDown">#</a> **moveBlocksDown**
+### moveBlocksDown
 
 _Related_
 
 -   moveBlocksDown in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="moveBlocksUp" href="#moveBlocksUp">#</a> **moveBlocksUp**
+### moveBlocksUp
 
 _Related_
 
 -   moveBlocksUp in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="moveBlockToPosition" href="#moveBlockToPosition">#</a> **moveBlockToPosition**
+### moveBlockToPosition
 
 _Related_
 
 -   moveBlockToPosition in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="multiSelect" href="#multiSelect">#</a> **multiSelect**
+### multiSelect
 
 _Related_
 
 -   multiSelect in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="receiveBlocks" href="#receiveBlocks">#</a> **receiveBlocks**
+### receiveBlocks
 
 _Related_
 
 -   receiveBlocks in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="redo" href="#redo">#</a> **redo**
+### redo
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that undo history should
 restore last popped state.
 
-<a name="refreshPost" href="#refreshPost">#</a> **refreshPost**
+### refreshPost
 
 Action generator for handling refreshing the current post.
 
-<a name="removeBlock" href="#removeBlock">#</a> **removeBlock**
+### removeBlock
 
 _Related_
 
 -   removeBlock in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="removeBlocks" href="#removeBlocks">#</a> **removeBlocks**
+### removeBlocks
 
 _Related_
 
 -   removeBlocks in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="replaceBlock" href="#replaceBlock">#</a> **replaceBlock**
+### replaceBlock
 
 _Related_
 
 -   replaceBlock in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="replaceBlocks" href="#replaceBlocks">#</a> **replaceBlocks**
+### replaceBlocks
 
 _Related_
 
 -   replaceBlocks in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="resetAutosave" href="#resetAutosave">#</a> **resetAutosave**
+### resetAutosave
 
 > **Deprecated** since 5.6. Callers should use the `receiveAutosaves( postId, autosave )` selector from the '@wordpress/core-data' package.
 
@@ -1306,13 +1306,13 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="resetBlocks" href="#resetBlocks">#</a> **resetBlocks**
+### resetBlocks
 
 _Related_
 
 -   resetBlocks in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="resetEditorBlocks" href="#resetEditorBlocks">#</a> **resetEditorBlocks**
+### resetEditorBlocks
 
 Returns an action object used to signal that the blocks have been updated.
 
@@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _blocks_ `Array`: Block Array.
 -   _options_ `?Object`: Optional options.
 
-<a name="resetPost" href="#resetPost">#</a> **resetPost**
+### resetPost
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the latest version of the
 post has been received, either by initialization or save.
@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="savePost" href="#savePost">#</a> **savePost**
+### savePost
 
 Action generator for saving the current post in the editor.
 
@@ -1342,19 +1342,19 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _options_ `Object`:
 
-<a name="selectBlock" href="#selectBlock">#</a> **selectBlock**
+### selectBlock
 
 _Related_
 
 -   selectBlock in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="setTemplateValidity" href="#setTemplateValidity">#</a> **setTemplateValidity**
+### setTemplateValidity
 
 _Related_
 
 -   setTemplateValidity in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="setupEditor" href="#setupEditor">#</a> **setupEditor**
+### setupEditor
 
 Returns an action generator used in signalling that editor has initialized with
 the specified post object and editor settings.
@@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _edits_ `Object`: Initial edited attributes object.
 -   _template_ `Array?`: Block Template.
 
-<a name="setupEditorState" href="#setupEditorState">#</a> **setupEditorState**
+### setupEditorState
 
 Returns an action object used to setup the editor state when first opening
 an editor.
@@ -1378,63 +1378,63 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="showInsertionPoint" href="#showInsertionPoint">#</a> **showInsertionPoint**
+### showInsertionPoint
 
 _Related_
 
 -   showInsertionPoint in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="startMultiSelect" href="#startMultiSelect">#</a> **startMultiSelect**
+### startMultiSelect
 
 _Related_
 
 -   startMultiSelect in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="startTyping" href="#startTyping">#</a> **startTyping**
+### startTyping
 
 _Related_
 
 -   startTyping in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="stopMultiSelect" href="#stopMultiSelect">#</a> **stopMultiSelect**
+### stopMultiSelect
 
 _Related_
 
 -   stopMultiSelect in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="stopTyping" href="#stopTyping">#</a> **stopTyping**
+### stopTyping
 
 _Related_
 
 -   stopTyping in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="synchronizeTemplate" href="#synchronizeTemplate">#</a> **synchronizeTemplate**
+### synchronizeTemplate
 
 _Related_
 
 -   synchronizeTemplate in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="toggleBlockMode" href="#toggleBlockMode">#</a> **toggleBlockMode**
+### toggleBlockMode
 
 _Related_
 
 -   toggleBlockMode in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="toggleSelection" href="#toggleSelection">#</a> **toggleSelection**
+### toggleSelection
 
 _Related_
 
 -   toggleSelection in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="trashPost" href="#trashPost">#</a> **trashPost**
+### trashPost
 
 Action generator for trashing the current post in the editor.
 
-<a name="undo" href="#undo">#</a> **undo**
+### undo
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that undo history should pop.
 
-<a name="unlockPostAutosaving" href="#unlockPostAutosaving">#</a> **unlockPostAutosaving**
+### unlockPostAutosaving
 
 Returns an action object used to signal that post autosaving is unlocked.
 
@@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object
 
-<a name="unlockPostSaving" href="#unlockPostSaving">#</a> **unlockPostSaving**
+### unlockPostSaving
 
 Returns an action object used to signal that post saving is unlocked.
 
@@ -1468,29 +1468,29 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object
 
-<a name="updateBlock" href="#updateBlock">#</a> **updateBlock**
+### updateBlock
 
 _Related_
 
 -   updateBlock in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="updateBlockAttributes" href="#updateBlockAttributes">#</a> **updateBlockAttributes**
+### updateBlockAttributes
 
 _Related_
 
 -   updateBlockAttributes in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="updateBlockListSettings" href="#updateBlockListSettings">#</a> **updateBlockListSettings**
+### updateBlockListSettings
 
 _Related_
 
 -   updateBlockListSettings in core/block-editor store.
 
-<a name="updateEditorSettings" href="#updateEditorSettings">#</a> **updateEditorSettings**
+### updateEditorSettings
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="updatePost" href="#updatePost">#</a> **updatePost**
+### updatePost
 
 > **Deprecated** since Gutenberg 9.7.0.
 
@@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="updatePostLock" href="#updatePostLock">#</a> **updatePostLock**
+### updatePostLock
 
 Returns an action object used to lock the editor.
 
@@ -1513,4 +1513,4 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/editor/src/store/actions.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/editor/src/store/actions.js) -->
diff --git a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-keyboard-shortcuts.md b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-keyboard-shortcuts.md
index 044bd248ecb12..512668650d04b 100644
--- a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-keyboard-shortcuts.md
+++ b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-keyboard-shortcuts.md
@@ -4,9 +4,13 @@ Namespace: `core/keyboard-shortcuts`.
 
 ## Selectors
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/keyboard-shortcuts/src/store/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/keyboard-shortcuts/src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
-<a name="getAllShortcutRawKeyCombinations" href="#getAllShortcutRawKeyCombinations">#</a> **getAllShortcutRawKeyCombinations**
+### getAllShortcutKeyCombinations
+
+Undocumented declaration.
+
+### getAllShortcutRawKeyCombinations
 
 Returns the raw representation of all the keyboard combinations of a given shortcut name.
 
@@ -19,7 +23,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string[]`: Shortcuts.
 
-<a name="getCategoryShortcuts" href="#getCategoryShortcuts">#</a> **getCategoryShortcuts**
+### getCategoryShortcuts
 
 Returns the shortcut names list for a given category name.
 
@@ -32,7 +36,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string[]`: Shortcut names.
 
-<a name="getShortcutAliases" href="#getShortcutAliases">#</a> **getShortcutAliases**
+### getShortcutAliases
 
 Returns the aliases for a given shortcut name.
 
@@ -45,7 +49,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPShortcutKeyCombination[]`: Key combinations.
 
-<a name="getShortcutDescription" href="#getShortcutDescription">#</a> **getShortcutDescription**
+### getShortcutDescription
 
 Returns the shortcut description given its name.
 
@@ -58,7 +62,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string?`: Shortcut description.
 
-<a name="getShortcutKeyCombination" href="#getShortcutKeyCombination">#</a> **getShortcutKeyCombination**
+### getShortcutKeyCombination
 
 Returns the main key combination for a given shortcut name.
 
@@ -71,7 +75,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPShortcutKeyCombination?`: Key combination.
 
-<a name="getShortcutRepresentation" href="#getShortcutRepresentation">#</a> **getShortcutRepresentation**
+### getShortcutRepresentation
 
 Returns a string representing the main key combination for a given shortcut name.
 
@@ -85,13 +89,13 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string?`: Shortcut representation.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/keyboard-shortcuts/src/store/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/keyboard-shortcuts/src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
 ## Actions
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/keyboard-shortcuts/src/store/actions.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/keyboard-shortcuts/src/store/actions.js) -->
 
-<a name="registerShortcut" href="#registerShortcut">#</a> **registerShortcut**
+### registerShortcut
 
 Returns an action object used to register a new keyboard shortcut.
 
@@ -103,7 +107,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: action.
 
-<a name="unregisterShortcut" href="#unregisterShortcut">#</a> **unregisterShortcut**
+### unregisterShortcut
 
 Returns an action object used to unregister a keyboard shortcut.
 
@@ -115,4 +119,4 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: action.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/keyboard-shortcuts/src/store/actions.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/keyboard-shortcuts/src/store/actions.js) -->
diff --git a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-notices.md b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-notices.md
index 5e2675afeb447..69470c54b7ccd 100644
--- a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-notices.md
+++ b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-notices.md
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ Namespace: `core/notices`.
 
 ## Selectors
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/notices/src/store/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/notices/src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
-<a name="getNotices" href="#getNotices">#</a> **getNotices**
+### getNotices
 
 Returns all notices as an array, optionally for a given context. Defaults to
 the global context.
@@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPNotice[]`: Array of notices.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/notices/src/store/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/notices/src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
 ## Actions
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/notices/src/store/actions.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/notices/src/store/actions.js) -->
 
-<a name="createErrorNotice" href="#createErrorNotice">#</a> **createErrorNotice**
+### createErrorNotice
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that an error notice is to be
 created. Refer to `createNotice` for options documentation.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="createInfoNotice" href="#createInfoNotice">#</a> **createInfoNotice**
+### createInfoNotice
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that an info notice is to be
 created. Refer to `createNotice` for options documentation.
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="createNotice" href="#createNotice">#</a> **createNotice**
+### createNotice
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that a notice is to be created.
 
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="createSuccessNotice" href="#createSuccessNotice">#</a> **createSuccessNotice**
+### createSuccessNotice
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that a success notice is to be
 created. Refer to `createNotice` for options documentation.
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="createWarningNotice" href="#createWarningNotice">#</a> **createWarningNotice**
+### createWarningNotice
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that a warning notice is to be
 created. Refer to `createNotice` for options documentation.
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="removeNotice" href="#removeNotice">#</a> **removeNotice**
+### removeNotice
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that a notice is to be removed.
 
@@ -134,4 +134,4 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/notices/src/store/actions.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/notices/src/store/actions.js) -->
diff --git a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-nux.md b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-nux.md
index 3f65bbc359c8a..4d2e8a0d98d54 100644
--- a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-nux.md
+++ b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-nux.md
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ Namespace: `core/nux`.
 
 ## Selectors
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/nux/src/store/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/nux/src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
-<a name="areTipsEnabled" href="#areTipsEnabled">#</a> **areTipsEnabled**
+### areTipsEnabled
 
 Returns whether or not tips are globally enabled.
 
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether tips are globally enabled.
 
-<a name="getAssociatedGuide" href="#getAssociatedGuide">#</a> **getAssociatedGuide**
+### getAssociatedGuide
 
 Returns an object describing the guide, if any, that the given tip is a part
 of.
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?NUXGuideInfo`: Information about the associated guide.
 
-<a name="isTipVisible" href="#isTipVisible">#</a> **isTipVisible**
+### isTipVisible
 
 Determines whether or not the given tip is showing. Tips are hidden if they
 are disabled, have been dismissed, or are not the current tip in any
@@ -47,13 +47,13 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether or not the given tip is showing.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/nux/src/store/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/nux/src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
 ## Actions
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/nux/src/store/actions.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/nux/src/store/actions.js) -->
 
-<a name="disableTips" href="#disableTips">#</a> **disableTips**
+### disableTips
 
 Returns an action object that, when dispatched, prevents all tips from
 showing again.
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="dismissTip" href="#dismissTip">#</a> **dismissTip**
+### dismissTip
 
 Returns an action object that, when dispatched, dismisses the given tip. A
 dismissed tip will not show again.
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="enableTips" href="#enableTips">#</a> **enableTips**
+### enableTips
 
 Returns an action object that, when dispatched, makes all tips show again.
 
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="triggerGuide" href="#triggerGuide">#</a> **triggerGuide**
+### triggerGuide
 
 Returns an action object that, when dispatched, presents a guide that takes
 the user through a series of tips step by step.
@@ -96,4 +96,4 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/nux/src/store/actions.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/nux/src/store/actions.js) -->
diff --git a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-viewport.md b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-viewport.md
index c84524dc9b2f4..0764429334a08 100644
--- a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-viewport.md
+++ b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core-viewport.md
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ Namespace: `core/viewport`.
 
 ## Selectors
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/viewport/src/store/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/viewport/src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
-<a name="isViewportMatch" href="#isViewportMatch">#</a> **isViewportMatch**
+### isViewportMatch
 
 Returns true if the viewport matches the given query, or false otherwise.
 
@@ -26,13 +26,13 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether viewport matches query.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/viewport/src/store/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/viewport/src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
 ## Actions
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/viewport/src/store/actions.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/viewport/src/store/actions.js) -->
 
-<a name="setIsMatching" href="#setIsMatching">#</a> **setIsMatching**
+### setIsMatching
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that viewport queries have been
 updated. Values are specified as an object of breakpoint query keys where
@@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/viewport/src/store/actions.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/viewport/src/store/actions.js) -->
diff --git a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core.md b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core.md
index c2545d9645e24..bf72387cd62b0 100644
--- a/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core.md
+++ b/docs/reference-guides/data/data-core.md
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@ Namespace: `core`.
 
 ## Selectors
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/core-data/src/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/core-data/src/selectors.js) -->
 
-<a name="canUser" href="#canUser">#</a> **canUser**
+### canUser
 
 Returns whether the current user can perform the given action on the given
 REST resource.
@@ -27,7 +27,27 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean|undefined`: Whether or not the user can perform the action, or `undefined` if the OPTIONS request is still being made.
 
-<a name="getAuthors" href="#getAuthors">#</a> **getAuthors**
+### canUserEditEntityRecord
+
+Returns whether the current user can edit the given entity.
+
+Calling this may trigger an OPTIONS request to the REST API via the
+`canUser()` resolver.
+
+<https://developer.wordpress.org/rest-api/reference/>
+
+_Parameters_
+
+-   _state_ `Object`: Data state.
+-   _kind_ `string`: Entity kind.
+-   _name_ `string`: Entity name.
+-   _recordId_ `string`: Record's id.
+
+_Returns_
+
+-   `boolean|undefined`: Whether or not the user can edit, or `undefined` if the OPTIONS request is still being made.
+
+### getAuthors
 
 Returns all available authors.
 
@@ -40,7 +60,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Authors list.
 
-<a name="getAutosave" href="#getAutosave">#</a> **getAutosave**
+### getAutosave
 
 Returns the autosave for the post and author.
 
@@ -55,7 +75,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?Object`: The autosave for the post and author.
 
-<a name="getAutosaves" href="#getAutosaves">#</a> **getAutosaves**
+### getAutosaves
 
 Returns the latest autosaves for the post.
 
@@ -72,7 +92,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?Array`: An array of autosaves for the post, or undefined if there is none.
 
-<a name="getCurrentTheme" href="#getCurrentTheme">#</a> **getCurrentTheme**
+### getCurrentTheme
 
 Return the current theme.
 
@@ -84,7 +104,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: The current theme.
 
-<a name="getCurrentUser" href="#getCurrentUser">#</a> **getCurrentUser**
+### getCurrentUser
 
 Returns the current user.
 
@@ -96,7 +116,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Current user object.
 
-<a name="getEditedEntityRecord" href="#getEditedEntityRecord">#</a> **getEditedEntityRecord**
+### getEditedEntityRecord
 
 Returns the specified entity record, merged with its edits.
 
@@ -111,7 +131,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: The entity record, merged with its edits.
 
-<a name="getEmbedPreview" href="#getEmbedPreview">#</a> **getEmbedPreview**
+### getEmbedPreview
 
 Returns the embed preview for the given URL.
 
@@ -124,7 +144,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `*`: Undefined if the preview has not been fetched, otherwise, the preview fetched from the embed preview API.
 
-<a name="getEntitiesByKind" href="#getEntitiesByKind">#</a> **getEntitiesByKind**
+### getEntitiesByKind
 
 Returns whether the entities for the give kind are loaded.
 
@@ -135,9 +155,9 @@ _Parameters_
 
 _Returns_
 
--   `boolean`: Whether the entities are loaded
+-   `Array<Object>`: Array of entities with config matching kind.
 
-<a name="getEntity" href="#getEntity">#</a> **getEntity**
+### getEntity
 
 Returns the entity object given its kind and name.
 
@@ -151,7 +171,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Entity
 
-<a name="getEntityRecord" href="#getEntityRecord">#</a> **getEntityRecord**
+### getEntityRecord
 
 Returns the Entity's record object by key. Returns `null` if the value is not
 yet received, undefined if the value entity is known to not exist, or the
@@ -169,7 +189,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: Record.
 
-<a name="getEntityRecordEdits" href="#getEntityRecordEdits">#</a> **getEntityRecordEdits**
+### getEntityRecordEdits
 
 Returns the specified entity record's edits.
 
@@ -184,7 +204,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: The entity record's edits.
 
-<a name="getEntityRecordNonTransientEdits" href="#getEntityRecordNonTransientEdits">#</a> **getEntityRecordNonTransientEdits**
+### getEntityRecordNonTransientEdits
 
 Returns the specified entity record's non transient edits.
 
@@ -203,7 +223,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: The entity record's non transient edits.
 
-<a name="getEntityRecords" href="#getEntityRecords">#</a> **getEntityRecords**
+### getEntityRecords
 
 Returns the Entity's records.
 
@@ -218,7 +238,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?Array`: Records.
 
-<a name="getLastEntityDeleteError" href="#getLastEntityDeleteError">#</a> **getLastEntityDeleteError**
+### getLastEntityDeleteError
 
 Returns the specified entity record's last delete error.
 
@@ -233,7 +253,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: The entity record's save error.
 
-<a name="getLastEntitySaveError" href="#getLastEntitySaveError">#</a> **getLastEntitySaveError**
+### getLastEntitySaveError
 
 Returns the specified entity record's last save error.
 
@@ -248,7 +268,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: The entity record's save error.
 
-<a name="getRawEntityRecord" href="#getRawEntityRecord">#</a> **getRawEntityRecord**
+### getRawEntityRecord
 
 Returns the entity's record object by key,
 with its attributes mapped to their raw values.
@@ -264,7 +284,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: Object with the entity's raw attributes.
 
-<a name="getRedoEdit" href="#getRedoEdit">#</a> **getRedoEdit**
+### getRedoEdit
 
 Returns the next edit from the current undo offset
 for the entity records edits history, if any.
@@ -277,7 +297,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: The edit.
 
-<a name="getReferenceByDistinctEdits" href="#getReferenceByDistinctEdits">#</a> **getReferenceByDistinctEdits**
+### getReferenceByDistinctEdits
 
 Returns a new reference when edited values have changed. This is useful in
 inferring where an edit has been made between states by comparison of the
@@ -298,7 +318,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `*`: A value whose reference will change only when an edit occurs.
 
-<a name="getThemeSupports" href="#getThemeSupports">#</a> **getThemeSupports**
+### getThemeSupports
 
 Return theme supports data in the index.
 
@@ -310,7 +330,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `*`: Index data.
 
-<a name="getUndoEdit" href="#getUndoEdit">#</a> **getUndoEdit**
+### getUndoEdit
 
 Returns the previous edit from the current undo offset
 for the entity records edits history, if any.
@@ -323,7 +343,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: The edit.
 
-<a name="getUserQueryResults" href="#getUserQueryResults">#</a> **getUserQueryResults**
+### getUserQueryResults
 
 Returns all the users returned by a query ID.
 
@@ -336,7 +356,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Users list.
 
-<a name="hasEditsForEntityRecord" href="#hasEditsForEntityRecord">#</a> **hasEditsForEntityRecord**
+### hasEditsForEntityRecord
 
 Returns true if the specified entity record has edits,
 and false otherwise.
@@ -352,7 +372,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the entity record has edits or not.
 
-<a name="hasEntityRecords" href="#hasEntityRecords">#</a> **hasEntityRecords**
+### hasEntityRecords
 
 Returns true if records have been received for the given set of parameters,
 or false otherwise.
@@ -368,7 +388,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether entity records have been received.
 
-<a name="hasFetchedAutosaves" href="#hasFetchedAutosaves">#</a> **hasFetchedAutosaves**
+### hasFetchedAutosaves
 
 Returns true if the REST request for autosaves has completed.
 
@@ -382,7 +402,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if the REST request was completed. False otherwise.
 
-<a name="hasRedo" href="#hasRedo">#</a> **hasRedo**
+### hasRedo
 
 Returns true if there is a next edit from the current undo offset
 for the entity records edits history, and false otherwise.
@@ -395,7 +415,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether there is a next edit or not.
 
-<a name="hasUndo" href="#hasUndo">#</a> **hasUndo**
+### hasUndo
 
 Returns true if there is a previous edit from the current undo offset
 for the entity records edits history, and false otherwise.
@@ -408,26 +428,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether there is a previous edit or not.
 
-<a name="hasUploadPermissions" href="#hasUploadPermissions">#</a> **hasUploadPermissions**
-
-> **Deprecated** since 5.0. Callers should use the more generic `canUser()` selector instead of `hasUploadPermissions()`, e.g. `canUser( 'create', 'media' )`.
-
-Returns whether the current user can upload media.
-
-Calling this may trigger an OPTIONS request to the REST API via the
-`canUser()` resolver.
-
-<https://developer.wordpress.org/rest-api/reference/>
-
-_Parameters_
-
--   _state_ `Object`: Data state.
-
-_Returns_
-
--   `boolean`: Whether or not the user can upload media. Defaults to `true` if the OPTIONS request is being made.
-
-<a name="isAutosavingEntityRecord" href="#isAutosavingEntityRecord">#</a> **isAutosavingEntityRecord**
+### isAutosavingEntityRecord
 
 Returns true if the specified entity record is autosaving, and false otherwise.
 
@@ -442,7 +443,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the entity record is autosaving or not.
 
-<a name="isDeletingEntityRecord" href="#isDeletingEntityRecord">#</a> **isDeletingEntityRecord**
+### isDeletingEntityRecord
 
 Returns true if the specified entity record is deleting, and false otherwise.
 
@@ -457,7 +458,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the entity record is deleting or not.
 
-<a name="isPreviewEmbedFallback" href="#isPreviewEmbedFallback">#</a> **isPreviewEmbedFallback**
+### isPreviewEmbedFallback
 
 Determines if the returned preview is an oEmbed link fallback.
 
@@ -474,7 +475,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Is the preview for the URL an oEmbed link fallback.
 
-<a name="isRequestingEmbedPreview" href="#isRequestingEmbedPreview">#</a> **isRequestingEmbedPreview**
+### isRequestingEmbedPreview
 
 Returns true if a request is in progress for embed preview data, or false
 otherwise.
@@ -488,7 +489,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether a request is in progress for an embed preview.
 
-<a name="isSavingEntityRecord" href="#isSavingEntityRecord">#</a> **isSavingEntityRecord**
+### isSavingEntityRecord
 
 Returns true if the specified entity record is saving, and false otherwise.
 
@@ -503,13 +504,13 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the entity record is saving or not.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../../packages/core-data/src/selectors.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|../../../packages/core-data/src/selectors.js) -->
 
 ## Actions
 
-<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/core-data/src/actions.js) -->
+<!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/core-data/src/actions.js) -->
 
-<a name="addEntities" href="#addEntities">#</a> **addEntities**
+### addEntities
 
 Returns an action object used in adding new entities.
 
@@ -521,7 +522,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="deleteEntityRecord" href="#deleteEntityRecord">#</a> **deleteEntityRecord**
+### deleteEntityRecord
 
 Action triggered to delete an entity record.
 
@@ -534,7 +535,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _options_ `[Object]`: Delete options.
 -   _options.\_\_unstableFetch_ `[Function]`: Internal use only. Function to call instead of `apiFetch()`. Must return a control descriptor.
 
-<a name="editEntityRecord" href="#editEntityRecord">#</a> **editEntityRecord**
+### editEntityRecord
 
 Returns an action object that triggers an
 edit to an entity record.
@@ -552,7 +553,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="receiveAutosaves" href="#receiveAutosaves">#</a> **receiveAutosaves**
+### receiveAutosaves
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the autosaves for a
 post have been received.
@@ -566,7 +567,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="receiveCurrentTheme" href="#receiveCurrentTheme">#</a> **receiveCurrentTheme**
+### receiveCurrentTheme
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the current theme has been received.
 
@@ -578,7 +579,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="receiveCurrentUser" href="#receiveCurrentUser">#</a> **receiveCurrentUser**
+### receiveCurrentUser
 
 Returns an action used in signalling that the current user has been received.
 
@@ -590,7 +591,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="receiveEmbedPreview" href="#receiveEmbedPreview">#</a> **receiveEmbedPreview**
+### receiveEmbedPreview
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the preview data for
 a given URl has been received.
@@ -604,7 +605,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="receiveEntityRecords" href="#receiveEntityRecords">#</a> **receiveEntityRecords**
+### receiveEntityRecords
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that entity records have been received.
 
@@ -621,7 +622,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="receiveThemeSupports" href="#receiveThemeSupports">#</a> **receiveThemeSupports**
+### receiveThemeSupports
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the index has been received.
 
@@ -633,7 +634,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="receiveUploadPermissions" href="#receiveUploadPermissions">#</a> **receiveUploadPermissions**
+### receiveUploadPermissions
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that Upload permissions have been received.
 
@@ -645,7 +646,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="receiveUserPermission" href="#receiveUserPermission">#</a> **receiveUserPermission**
+### receiveUserPermission
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the current user has
 permission to perform an action on a REST resource.
@@ -659,7 +660,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="receiveUserQuery" href="#receiveUserQuery">#</a> **receiveUserQuery**
+### receiveUserQuery
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that authors have been received.
 
@@ -672,12 +673,12 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="redo" href="#redo">#</a> **redo**
+### redo
 
 Action triggered to redo the last undoed
 edit to an entity record, if any.
 
-<a name="saveEditedEntityRecord" href="#saveEditedEntityRecord">#</a> **saveEditedEntityRecord**
+### saveEditedEntityRecord
 
 Action triggered to save an entity record's edits.
 
@@ -688,7 +689,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _recordId_ `Object`: ID of the record.
 -   _options_ `Object`: Saving options.
 
-<a name="saveEntityRecord" href="#saveEntityRecord">#</a> **saveEntityRecord**
+### saveEntityRecord
 
 Action triggered to save an entity record.
 
@@ -701,9 +702,9 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _options.isAutosave_ `[boolean]`: Whether this is an autosave.
 -   _options.\_\_unstableFetch_ `[Function]`: Internal use only. Function to call instead of `apiFetch()`. Must return a control descriptor.
 
-<a name="undo" href="#undo">#</a> **undo**
+### undo
 
 Action triggered to undo the last edit to
 an entity record, if any.
 
-<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../../packages/core-data/src/actions.js) -->
+<!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|../../../packages/core-data/src/actions.js) -->
diff --git a/lib/block-supports/duotone.php b/lib/block-supports/duotone.php
index f3b4743832f0a..aa38c55f4bd5b 100644
--- a/lib/block-supports/duotone.php
+++ b/lib/block-supports/duotone.php
@@ -351,7 +351,15 @@ function ( $selector ) use ( $duotone_id ) {
 		1
 	);
 
-	return $content . $duotone;
+	add_action(
+		// Ideally we should use wp_head, but SVG defs can't be put in there.
+		'wp_footer',
+		function () use ( $duotone ) {
+			echo $duotone;
+		}
+	);
+
+	return $content;
 }
 
 // Register the block support.
diff --git a/lib/block-supports/layout.php b/lib/block-supports/layout.php
index 1b1eec679c80a..10ccb6ccb1ed0 100644
--- a/lib/block-supports/layout.php
+++ b/lib/block-supports/layout.php
@@ -86,7 +86,17 @@ function gutenberg_render_layout_support_flag( $block_content, $block ) {
 		1
 	);
 
-	return $content . '<style>' . $style . '</style>';
+	// Ideally styles should be loaded in the head, but blocks may be parsed
+	// after that, so loading in the footer for now.
+	// See https://core.trac.wordpress.org/ticket/53494.
+	add_action(
+		'wp_footer',
+		function () use ( $style ) {
+			echo '<style>' . $style . '</style>';
+		}
+	);
+
+	return $content;
 }
 
 // Register the block support.
diff --git a/package-lock.json b/package-lock.json
index f369c8901aeca..b3a8e4ed0ae1d 100644
--- a/package-lock.json
+++ b/package-lock.json
@@ -13648,6 +13648,7 @@
 				"@wordpress/core-data": "file:packages/core-data",
 				"@wordpress/data": "file:packages/data",
 				"@wordpress/data-controls": "file:packages/data-controls",
+				"@wordpress/dom": "file:packages/dom",
 				"@wordpress/element": "file:packages/element",
 				"@wordpress/hooks": "file:packages/hooks",
 				"@wordpress/i18n": "file:packages/i18n",
diff --git a/packages/a11y/README.md b/packages/a11y/README.md
index 5f44a3d22cf39..b0a51047c73dc 100644
--- a/packages/a11y/README.md
+++ b/packages/a11y/README.md
@@ -16,11 +16,11 @@ _This package assumes that your code will run in an **ES2015+** environment. If
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="setup" href="#setup">#</a> **setup**
+### setup
 
 Create the live regions.
 
-<a name="speak" href="#speak">#</a> **speak**
+### speak
 
 Allows you to easily announce dynamic interface updates to screen readers using ARIA live regions.
 This module is inspired by the `speak` function in `wp-a11y.js`.
@@ -42,7 +42,6 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _message_ `string`: The message to be announced by assistive technologies.
 -   _ariaLive_ `[string]`: The politeness level for aria-live; default: 'polite'.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 ### Background
diff --git a/packages/autop/README.md b/packages/autop/README.md
index 43d6a0ca123d1..1bc8b5495db6c 100644
--- a/packages/autop/README.md
+++ b/packages/autop/README.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ _This package assumes that your code will run in an **ES2015+** environment. If
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="autop" href="#autop">#</a> **autop**
+#### autop
 
 Replaces double line-breaks with paragraph elements.
 
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Text which has been converted into paragraph tags.
 
-<a name="removep" href="#removep">#</a> **removep**
+#### removep
 
 Replaces `<p>` tags with two line breaks. "Opposite" of autop().
 
@@ -62,7 +62,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: The content with stripped paragraph tags.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/blob/README.md b/packages/blob/README.md
index f49f493d17565..2ae25831b3846 100644
--- a/packages/blob/README.md
+++ b/packages/blob/README.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ npm install @wordpress/blob --save
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="createBlobURL" href="#createBlobURL">#</a> **createBlobURL**
+### createBlobURL
 
 Create a blob URL from a file.
 
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: The blob URL.
 
-<a name="getBlobByURL" href="#getBlobByURL">#</a> **getBlobByURL**
+### getBlobByURL
 
 Retrieve a file based on a blob URL. The file must have been created by
 `createBlobURL` and not removed by `revokeBlobURL`, otherwise it will return
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `File|undefined`: The file for the blob URL.
 
-<a name="getBlobTypeByURL" href="#getBlobTypeByURL">#</a> **getBlobTypeByURL**
+### getBlobTypeByURL
 
 Retrieve a blob type based on URL. The file must have been created by
 `createBlobURL` and not removed by `revokeBlobURL`, otherwise it will return
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string|undefined`: The blob type.
 
-<a name="isBlobURL" href="#isBlobURL">#</a> **isBlobURL**
+### isBlobURL
 
 Check whether a url is a blob url.
 
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Is the url a blob url?
 
-<a name="revokeBlobURL" href="#revokeBlobURL">#</a> **revokeBlobURL**
+### revokeBlobURL
 
 Remove the resource and file cache from memory.
 
@@ -74,7 +74,6 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _url_ `string`: The blob URL.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/block-directory/README.md b/packages/block-directory/README.md
index 26d26bb04ed92..35d58dd5b5e2a 100644
--- a/packages/block-directory/README.md
+++ b/packages/block-directory/README.md
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ The following set of dispatching action creators are available on the object ret
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|src/store/actions.js) -->
 
-<a name="addInstalledBlockType" href="#addInstalledBlockType">#</a> **addInstalledBlockType**
+### addInstalledBlockType
 
 Returns an action object used to add a block type to the "newly installed"
 tracking list.
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="clearErrorNotice" href="#clearErrorNotice">#</a> **clearErrorNotice**
+### clearErrorNotice
 
 Sets the error notice to empty for specific block.
 
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="fetchDownloadableBlocks" href="#fetchDownloadableBlocks">#</a> **fetchDownloadableBlocks**
+### fetchDownloadableBlocks
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the downloadable blocks
 have been requested and are loading.
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="installBlockType" href="#installBlockType">#</a> **installBlockType**
+### installBlockType
 
 Action triggered to install a block plugin.
 
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the block was successfully installed & loaded.
 
-<a name="receiveDownloadableBlocks" href="#receiveDownloadableBlocks">#</a> **receiveDownloadableBlocks**
+### receiveDownloadableBlocks
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the downloadable blocks
 have been updated.
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="removeInstalledBlockType" href="#removeInstalledBlockType">#</a> **removeInstalledBlockType**
+### removeInstalledBlockType
 
 Returns an action object used to remove a block type from the "newly installed"
 tracking list.
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="setErrorNotice" href="#setErrorNotice">#</a> **setErrorNotice**
+### setErrorNotice
 
 Sets an error notice to be displayed to the user for a given block.
 
@@ -119,20 +119,20 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="setIsInstalling" href="#setIsInstalling">#</a> **setIsInstalling**
+### setIsInstalling
 
 Returns an action object used to indicate install in progress.
 
 _Parameters_
 
--   _blockId_ `string`: 
--   _isInstalling_ `boolean`: 
+-   _blockId_ `string`:
+-   _isInstalling_ `boolean`:
 
 _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="uninstallBlockType" href="#uninstallBlockType">#</a> **uninstallBlockType**
+### uninstallBlockType
 
 Action triggered to uninstall a block plugin.
 
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ The following selectors are available on the object returned by `wp.data.select(
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
-<a name="getDownloadableBlocks" href="#getDownloadableBlocks">#</a> **getDownloadableBlocks**
+### getDownloadableBlocks
 
 Returns the available uninstalled blocks.
 
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Downloadable blocks.
 
-<a name="getErrorNoticeForBlock" href="#getErrorNoticeForBlock">#</a> **getErrorNoticeForBlock**
+### getErrorNoticeForBlock
 
 Returns the error notice for a given block.
 
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string|boolean`: The error text, or false if no error.
 
-<a name="getErrorNotices" href="#getErrorNotices">#</a> **getErrorNotices**
+### getErrorNotices
 
 Returns all block error notices.
 
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Object with error notices.
 
-<a name="getInstalledBlockTypes" href="#getInstalledBlockTypes">#</a> **getInstalledBlockTypes**
+### getInstalledBlockTypes
 
 Returns the block types that have been installed on the server in this
 session.
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Block type items
 
-<a name="getNewBlockTypes" href="#getNewBlockTypes">#</a> **getNewBlockTypes**
+### getNewBlockTypes
 
 Returns block types that have been installed on the server and used in the
 current post.
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Block type items.
 
-<a name="getUnusedBlockTypes" href="#getUnusedBlockTypes">#</a> **getUnusedBlockTypes**
+### getUnusedBlockTypes
 
 Returns the block types that have been installed on the server but are not
 used in the current post.
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Block type items.
 
-<a name="isInstalling" href="#isInstalling">#</a> **isInstalling**
+### isInstalling
 
 Returns true if a block plugin install is in progress.
 
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether this block is currently being installed.
 
-<a name="isRequestingDownloadableBlocks" href="#isRequestingDownloadableBlocks">#</a> **isRequestingDownloadableBlocks**
+### isRequestingDownloadableBlocks
 
 Returns true if application is requesting for downloadable blocks.
 
@@ -251,7 +251,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether a request is in progress for the blocks list.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|src/store/selectors.js) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/block-editor/README.md b/packages/block-editor/README.md
index b4eb9c473ceb5..552ddfbcba941 100644
--- a/packages/block-editor/README.md
+++ b/packages/block-editor/README.md
@@ -78,29 +78,29 @@ registerCoreBlocks();
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="AlignmentControl" href="#AlignmentControl">#</a> **AlignmentControl**
+### AlignmentControl
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="AlignmentToolbar" href="#AlignmentToolbar">#</a> **AlignmentToolbar**
+### AlignmentToolbar
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="Autocomplete" href="#Autocomplete">#</a> **Autocomplete**
+### Autocomplete
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/blob/HEAD/packages/block-editor/src/components/autocomplete/README.md>
 
-<a name="BlockAlignmentControl" href="#BlockAlignmentControl">#</a> **BlockAlignmentControl**
+### BlockAlignmentControl
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="BlockAlignmentToolbar" href="#BlockAlignmentToolbar">#</a> **BlockAlignmentToolbar**
+### BlockAlignmentToolbar
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="BlockBreadcrumb" href="#BlockBreadcrumb">#</a> **BlockBreadcrumb**
+### BlockBreadcrumb
 
 Block breadcrumb component, displaying the hierarchy of the current block selection as a breadcrumb.
 
@@ -113,11 +113,11 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPElement`: Block Breadcrumb.
 
-<a name="BlockColorsStyleSelector" href="#BlockColorsStyleSelector">#</a> **BlockColorsStyleSelector**
+### BlockColorsStyleSelector
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="BlockContextProvider" href="#BlockContextProvider">#</a> **BlockContextProvider**
+### BlockContextProvider
 
 Component which merges passed value with current consumed block context.
 
@@ -127,49 +127,49 @@ _Related_
 
 _Parameters_
 
--   _props_ `BlockContextProviderProps`: 
+-   _props_ `BlockContextProviderProps`:
 
-<a name="BlockControls" href="#BlockControls">#</a> **BlockControls**
+### BlockControls
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="BlockEdit" href="#BlockEdit">#</a> **BlockEdit**
+### BlockEdit
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="BlockEditorKeyboardShortcuts" href="#BlockEditorKeyboardShortcuts">#</a> **BlockEditorKeyboardShortcuts**
+### BlockEditorKeyboardShortcuts
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="BlockEditorProvider" href="#BlockEditorProvider">#</a> **BlockEditorProvider**
+### BlockEditorProvider
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="BlockFormatControls" href="#BlockFormatControls">#</a> **BlockFormatControls**
+### BlockFormatControls
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="BlockIcon" href="#BlockIcon">#</a> **BlockIcon**
+### BlockIcon
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="BlockInspector" href="#BlockInspector">#</a> **BlockInspector**
+### BlockInspector
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="BlockList" href="#BlockList">#</a> **BlockList**
+### BlockList
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="BlockMover" href="#BlockMover">#</a> **BlockMover**
+### BlockMover
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="BlockNavigationDropdown" href="#BlockNavigationDropdown">#</a> **BlockNavigationDropdown**
+### BlockNavigationDropdown
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="BlockPreview" href="#BlockPreview">#</a> **BlockPreview**
+### BlockPreview
 
 BlockPreview renders a preview of a block or array of blocks.
 
@@ -187,15 +187,15 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPComponent`: The component to be rendered.
 
-<a name="BlockSelectionClearer" href="#BlockSelectionClearer">#</a> **BlockSelectionClearer**
+### BlockSelectionClearer
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="BlockSettingsMenu" href="#BlockSettingsMenu">#</a> **BlockSettingsMenu**
+### BlockSettingsMenu
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="BlockSettingsMenuControls" href="#BlockSettingsMenuControls">#</a> **BlockSettingsMenuControls**
+### BlockSettingsMenuControls
 
 _Related_
 
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPElement`: Element.
 
-<a name="BlockTitle" href="#BlockTitle">#</a> **BlockTitle**
+### BlockTitle
 
 Renders the block's configured title as a string, or empty if the title
 cannot be determined.
@@ -222,18 +222,18 @@ _Usage_
 
 _Parameters_
 
--   _props_ `Object`: 
+-   _props_ `Object`:
 -   _props.clientId_ `string`: Client ID of block.
 
 _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: Block title.
 
-<a name="BlockToolbar" href="#BlockToolbar">#</a> **BlockToolbar**
+### BlockToolbar
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="BlockTools" href="#BlockTools">#</a> **BlockTools**
+### BlockTools
 
 Renders block tools (the block toolbar, select/navigation mode toolbar, the
 insertion point and a slot for the inline rich text toolbar). Must be wrapped
@@ -245,43 +245,43 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _$0.children_ `Object`: The block content and style container.
 -   _$0.\_\_unstableContentRef_ `Object`: Ref holding the content scroll container.
 
-<a name="BlockVerticalAlignmentControl" href="#BlockVerticalAlignmentControl">#</a> **BlockVerticalAlignmentControl**
+### BlockVerticalAlignmentControl
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="BlockVerticalAlignmentToolbar" href="#BlockVerticalAlignmentToolbar">#</a> **BlockVerticalAlignmentToolbar**
+### BlockVerticalAlignmentToolbar
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="ButtonBlockAppender" href="#ButtonBlockAppender">#</a> **ButtonBlockAppender**
+### ButtonBlockAppender
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/blob/HEAD/packages/block-editor/src/components/button-block-appender/README.md>
 
-<a name="ButtonBlockerAppender" href="#ButtonBlockerAppender">#</a> **ButtonBlockerAppender**
+### ButtonBlockerAppender
 
-> **Deprecated** 
+> **Deprecated**
 
 Use `ButtonBlockAppender` instead.
 
-<a name="ColorPalette" href="#ColorPalette">#</a> **ColorPalette**
+### ColorPalette
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="ColorPaletteControl" href="#ColorPaletteControl">#</a> **ColorPaletteControl**
+### ColorPaletteControl
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="ContrastChecker" href="#ContrastChecker">#</a> **ContrastChecker**
+### ContrastChecker
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="CopyHandler" href="#CopyHandler">#</a> **CopyHandler**
+### CopyHandler
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="createCustomColorsHOC" href="#createCustomColorsHOC">#</a> **createCustomColorsHOC**
+### createCustomColorsHOC
 
 A higher-order component factory for creating a 'withCustomColors' HOC, which handles color logic
 for class generation color value, retrieval and color attribute setting.
@@ -291,12 +291,15 @@ Use this higher-order component to work with a custom set of colors.
 _Usage_
 
 ```jsx
-const CUSTOM_COLORS = [ { name: 'Red', slug: 'red', color: '#ff0000' }, { name: 'Blue', slug: 'blue', color: '#0000ff' } ];
+const CUSTOM_COLORS = [
+	{ name: 'Red', slug: 'red', color: '#ff0000' },
+	{ name: 'Blue', slug: 'blue', color: '#0000ff' },
+];
 const withCustomColors = createCustomColorsHOC( CUSTOM_COLORS );
 // ...
 export default compose(
-    withCustomColors( 'backgroundColor', 'borderColor' ),
-    MyColorfulComponent,
+	withCustomColors( 'backgroundColor', 'borderColor' ),
+	MyColorfulComponent
 );
 ```
 
@@ -308,15 +311,15 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: Higher-order component.
 
-<a name="DefaultBlockAppender" href="#DefaultBlockAppender">#</a> **DefaultBlockAppender**
+### DefaultBlockAppender
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="FontSizePicker" href="#FontSizePicker">#</a> **FontSizePicker**
+### FontSizePicker
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="getColorClassName" href="#getColorClassName">#</a> **getColorClassName**
+### getColorClassName
 
 Returns a class based on the context a color is being used and its slug.
 
@@ -329,7 +332,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: String with the class corresponding to the color in the provided context. Returns undefined if either colorContextName or colorSlug are not provided.
 
-<a name="getColorObjectByAttributeValues" href="#getColorObjectByAttributeValues">#</a> **getColorObjectByAttributeValues**
+### getColorObjectByAttributeValues
 
 Provided an array of color objects as set by the theme or by the editor defaults,
 and the values of the defined color or custom color returns a color object describing the color.
@@ -344,7 +347,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?Object`: If definedColor is passed and the name is found in colors, the color object exactly as set by the theme or editor defaults is returned. Otherwise, an object that just sets the color is defined.
 
-<a name="getColorObjectByColorValue" href="#getColorObjectByColorValue">#</a> **getColorObjectByColorValue**
+### getColorObjectByColorValue
 
 Provided an array of color objects as set by the theme or by the editor defaults, and a color value returns the color object matching that value or undefined.
 
@@ -357,10 +360,10 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?Object`: Color object included in the colors array whose color property equals colorValue. Returns undefined if no color object matches this requirement.
 
-<a name="getFontSize" href="#getFontSize">#</a> **getFontSize**
+### getFontSize
 
- Returns the font size object based on an array of named font sizes and the namedFontSize and customFontSize values.
-	If namedFontSize is undefined or not found in fontSizes an object with just the size value based on customFontSize is returned.
+Returns the font size object based on an array of named font sizes and the namedFontSize and customFontSize values.
+If namedFontSize is undefined or not found in fontSizes an object with just the size value based on customFontSize is returned.
 
 _Parameters_
 
@@ -372,7 +375,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?Object`: If fontSizeAttribute is set and an equal slug is found in fontSizes it returns the font size object for that slug. Otherwise, an object with just the size value based on customFontSize is returned.
 
-<a name="getFontSizeClass" href="#getFontSizeClass">#</a> **getFontSizeClass**
+### getFontSizeClass
 
 Returns a class based on fontSizeName.
 
@@ -384,7 +387,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: String with the class corresponding to the fontSize passed. The class is generated by appending 'has-' followed by fontSizeSlug in kebabCase and ending with '-font-size'.
 
-<a name="getFontSizeObjectByValue" href="#getFontSizeObjectByValue">#</a> **getFontSizeObjectByValue**
+### getFontSizeObjectByValue
 
 Returns the corresponding font size object for a given value.
 
@@ -397,7 +400,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Font size object.
 
-<a name="getGradientSlugByValue" href="#getGradientSlugByValue">#</a> **getGradientSlugByValue**
+### getGradientSlugByValue
 
 Retrieves the gradient slug per slug.
 
@@ -410,7 +413,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Gradient slug.
 
-<a name="getGradientValueBySlug" href="#getGradientValueBySlug">#</a> **getGradientValueBySlug**
+### getGradientValueBySlug
 
 Retrieves the gradient value per slug.
 
@@ -423,108 +426,108 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Gradient value.
 
-<a name="InnerBlocks" href="#InnerBlocks">#</a> **InnerBlocks**
+### InnerBlocks
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/blob/HEAD/packages/block-editor/src/components/inner-blocks/README.md>
 
-<a name="Inserter" href="#Inserter">#</a> **Inserter**
+### Inserter
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="InspectorAdvancedControls" href="#InspectorAdvancedControls">#</a> **InspectorAdvancedControls**
+### InspectorAdvancedControls
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/blob/HEAD/packages/block-editor/src/components/inspector-advanced-controls/README.md>
 
-<a name="InspectorControls" href="#InspectorControls">#</a> **InspectorControls**
+### InspectorControls
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/blob/HEAD/packages/block-editor/src/components/inspector-controls/README.md>
 
-<a name="JustifyContentControl" href="#JustifyContentControl">#</a> **JustifyContentControl**
+### JustifyContentControl
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="JustifyToolbar" href="#JustifyToolbar">#</a> **JustifyToolbar**
+### JustifyToolbar
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="LineHeightControl" href="#LineHeightControl">#</a> **LineHeightControl**
+### LineHeightControl
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="MediaPlaceholder" href="#MediaPlaceholder">#</a> **MediaPlaceholder**
+### MediaPlaceholder
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/blob/HEAD/packages/block-editor/src/components/media-placeholder/README.md>
 
-<a name="MediaReplaceFlow" href="#MediaReplaceFlow">#</a> **MediaReplaceFlow**
+### MediaReplaceFlow
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="MediaUpload" href="#MediaUpload">#</a> **MediaUpload**
+### MediaUpload
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/blob/HEAD/packages/block-editor/src/components/media-upload/README.md>
 
-<a name="MediaUploadCheck" href="#MediaUploadCheck">#</a> **MediaUploadCheck**
+### MediaUploadCheck
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/blob/HEAD/packages/block-editor/src/components/media-upload/README.md>
 
-<a name="MultiSelectScrollIntoView" href="#MultiSelectScrollIntoView">#</a> **MultiSelectScrollIntoView**
+### MultiSelectScrollIntoView
 
-> **Deprecated** 
+> **Deprecated**
 
 Scrolls the multi block selection end into view if not in view already. This
 is important to do after selection by keyboard.
 
-<a name="NavigableToolbar" href="#NavigableToolbar">#</a> **NavigableToolbar**
+### NavigableToolbar
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="ObserveTyping" href="#ObserveTyping">#</a> **ObserveTyping**
+### ObserveTyping
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/blob/HEAD/packages/block-editor/src/components/observe-typing/README.md>
 
-<a name="PanelColorSettings" href="#PanelColorSettings">#</a> **PanelColorSettings**
+### PanelColorSettings
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="PlainText" href="#PlainText">#</a> **PlainText**
+### PlainText
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/blob/HEAD/packages/block-editor/src/components/plain-text/README.md>
 
-<a name="PreserveScrollInReorder" href="#PreserveScrollInReorder">#</a> **PreserveScrollInReorder**
+### PreserveScrollInReorder
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="RichText" href="#RichText">#</a> **RichText**
+### RichText
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/blob/HEAD/packages/block-editor/src/components/rich-text/README.md>
 
-<a name="RichTextShortcut" href="#RichTextShortcut">#</a> **RichTextShortcut**
+### RichTextShortcut
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="RichTextToolbarButton" href="#RichTextToolbarButton">#</a> **RichTextToolbarButton**
+### RichTextToolbarButton
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="SETTINGS_DEFAULTS" href="#SETTINGS_DEFAULTS">#</a> **SETTINGS_DEFAULTS**
+### SETTINGS_DEFAULTS
 
 The default editor settings
 
@@ -552,11 +555,11 @@ _Properties_
 -   _\_\_experimentalBlockPatterns_ `Array`: Array of objects representing the block patterns
 -   _\_\_experimentalBlockPatternCategories_ `Array`: Array of objects representing the block pattern categories
 
-<a name="SkipToSelectedBlock" href="#SkipToSelectedBlock">#</a> **SkipToSelectedBlock**
+### SkipToSelectedBlock
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="store" href="#store">#</a> **store**
+### store
 
 Store definition for the block editor namespace.
 
@@ -568,7 +571,7 @@ _Type_
 
 -   `Object`
 
-<a name="storeConfig" href="#storeConfig">#</a> **storeConfig**
+### storeConfig
 
 Block editor data store configuration.
 
@@ -580,11 +583,11 @@ _Type_
 
 -   `Object`
 
-<a name="ToolSelector" href="#ToolSelector">#</a> **ToolSelector**
+### ToolSelector
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="transformStyles" href="#transformStyles">#</a> **transformStyles**
+### transformStyles
 
 Applies a series of CSS rule transforms to wrap selectors inside a given class and/or rewrite URLs depending on the parameters passed.
 
@@ -597,31 +600,31 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: converted rules.
 
-<a name="Typewriter" href="#Typewriter">#</a> **Typewriter**
+### Typewriter
 
 Ensures that the text selection keeps the same vertical distance from the
 viewport during keyboard events within this component. The vertical distance
 can vary. It is the last clicked or scrolled to position.
 
-<a name="URLInput" href="#URLInput">#</a> **URLInput**
+### URLInput
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/blob/HEAD/packages/block-editor/src/components/url-input/README.md>
 
-<a name="URLInputButton" href="#URLInputButton">#</a> **URLInputButton**
+### URLInputButton
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/blob/HEAD/packages/block-editor/src/components/url-input/README.md>
 
-<a name="URLPopover" href="#URLPopover">#</a> **URLPopover**
+### URLPopover
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/blob/HEAD/packages/block-editor/src/components/url-popover/README.md>
 
-<a name="useBlockDisplayInformation" href="#useBlockDisplayInformation">#</a> **useBlockDisplayInformation**
+### useBlockDisplayInformation
 
 Hook used to try to find a matching block variation and return
 the appropriate information for display reasons. In order to
@@ -641,11 +644,11 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?WPBlockDisplayInformation`: Block's display information, or `null` when the block or its type not found.
 
-<a name="useBlockEditContext" href="#useBlockEditContext">#</a> **useBlockEditContext**
+### useBlockEditContext
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="useBlockProps" href="#useBlockProps">#</a> **useBlockProps**
+### useBlockProps
 
 This hook is used to lightly mark an element as a block element. The element
 should be the outermost element of a block. Call this hook and pass the
@@ -659,13 +662,13 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _props_ `Object`: Optional. Props to pass to the element. Must contain the ref if one is defined.
 -   _options_ `Object`: Options for internal use only.
--   _options.\_\_unstableIsHtml_ `boolean`: 
+-   _options.\_\_unstableIsHtml_ `boolean`:
 
 _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Props to pass to the element to mark as a block.
 
-<a name="useSetting" href="#useSetting">#</a> **useSetting**
+### useSetting
 
 Hook that retrieves the editor setting.
 It works with nested objects using by finding the value at path.
@@ -684,7 +687,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `any`: Returns the value defined for the setting.
 
-<a name="validateThemeColors" href="#validateThemeColors">#</a> **validateThemeColors**
+### validateThemeColors
 
 Given an array of theme colors checks colors for validity
 
@@ -696,7 +699,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: The array of valid theme colors or the default colors
 
-<a name="validateThemeGradients" href="#validateThemeGradients">#</a> **validateThemeGradients**
+### validateThemeGradients
 
 Given an array of theme gradients checks gradients for validity
 
@@ -708,17 +711,17 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: The array of valid theme gradients or the default gradients
 
-<a name="Warning" href="#Warning">#</a> **Warning**
+### Warning
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/blob/HEAD/packages/block-editor/src/components/warning/README.md>
 
-<a name="withColorContext" href="#withColorContext">#</a> **withColorContext**
+### withColorContext
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="withColors" href="#withColors">#</a> **withColors**
+### withColors
 
 A higher-order component, which handles color logic for class generation color value, retrieval and color attribute setting.
 
@@ -728,8 +731,8 @@ _Usage_
 
 ```jsx
 export default compose(
-    withColors( 'backgroundColor', { textColor: 'color' } ),
-    MyColorfulComponent,
+	withColors( 'backgroundColor', { textColor: 'color' } ),
+	MyColorfulComponent
 );
 ```
 
@@ -741,7 +744,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: Higher-order component.
 
-<a name="withFontSizes" href="#withFontSizes">#</a> **withFontSizes**
+### withFontSizes
 
 Higher-order component, which handles font size logic for class generation,
 font size value retrieval, and font size change handling.
@@ -754,7 +757,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: Higher-order component.
 
-<a name="WritingFlow" href="#WritingFlow">#</a> **WritingFlow**
+### WritingFlow
 
 Handles selection and navigation across blocks. This component should be
 wrapped around BlockList.
@@ -764,7 +767,6 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _props_ `Object`: Component properties.
 -   _props.children_ `WPElement`: Children to be rendered.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/block-editor/src/components/block-list-appender/style.scss b/packages/block-editor/src/components/block-list-appender/style.scss
index 5079df7cdadbe..14c9301de6df1 100644
--- a/packages/block-editor/src/components/block-list-appender/style.scss
+++ b/packages/block-editor/src/components/block-list-appender/style.scss
@@ -14,10 +14,9 @@
 		margin: $grid-unit-10 0;
 	}
 
-	// Add an explicit left margin of zero and auto right margin to work in horizontal
-	// flex containers. Without it, a "space-between"-like effect from two auto margins
-	// will cause the black plus to sit in the center of what space is left.
-	margin: 0 auto 0 0;
+	// Add a uniform margin around the block.
+	// This can hopefully avoid havoc in flex containers.
+	margin: $grid-unit-10;
 
 	// Black square plus appender.
 	.block-list-appender__toggle {
diff --git a/packages/block-editor/src/components/block-list/head.js b/packages/block-editor/src/components/block-list/head.js
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..9f1ce76320352
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/block-editor/src/components/block-list/head.js
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/**
+ * WordPress dependencies
+ */
+import { createContext, useState } from '@wordpress/element';
+
+const context = createContext();
+
+export function Head( { children } ) {
+	const [ element, setElement ] = useState();
+	return (
+		<context.Provider value={ element }>
+			<div ref={ setElement } />
+			{ children }
+		</context.Provider>
+	);
+}
+
+Head.context = context;
diff --git a/packages/block-editor/src/components/block-list/index.js b/packages/block-editor/src/components/block-list/index.js
index 46e5d56f9f031..d393c31c8d41a 100644
--- a/packages/block-editor/src/components/block-list/index.js
+++ b/packages/block-editor/src/components/block-list/index.js
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ import { usePreParsePatterns } from '../../utils/pre-parse-patterns';
 import { LayoutProvider, defaultLayout } from './layout';
 import BlockToolsBackCompat from '../block-tools/back-compat';
 import { useBlockSelectionClearer } from '../block-selection-clearer';
+import { Head } from './head';
 
 export const IntersectionObserver = createContext();
 
@@ -42,24 +43,26 @@ function Root( { className, children } ) {
 		[]
 	);
 	return (
-		<div
-			ref={ useMergeRefs( [
-				useBlockSelectionClearer(),
-				useBlockDropZone(),
-				useInBetweenInserter(),
-			] ) }
-			className={ classnames(
-				'block-editor-block-list__layout is-root-container',
-				className,
-				{
-					'is-outline-mode': isOutlineMode,
-					'is-focus-mode': isFocusMode && isLargeViewport,
-					'is-navigate-mode': isNavigationMode,
-				}
-			) }
-		>
-			{ children }
-		</div>
+		<Head>
+			<div
+				ref={ useMergeRefs( [
+					useBlockSelectionClearer(),
+					useBlockDropZone(),
+					useInBetweenInserter(),
+				] ) }
+				className={ classnames(
+					'block-editor-block-list__layout is-root-container',
+					className,
+					{
+						'is-outline-mode': isOutlineMode,
+						'is-focus-mode': isFocusMode && isLargeViewport,
+						'is-navigate-mode': isNavigationMode,
+					}
+				) }
+			>
+				{ children }
+			</div>
+		</Head>
 	);
 }
 
diff --git a/packages/block-editor/src/components/writing-flow/use-select-all.js b/packages/block-editor/src/components/writing-flow/use-select-all.js
index b708d198c2966..3e172d2aa2ee4 100644
--- a/packages/block-editor/src/components/writing-flow/use-select-all.js
+++ b/packages/block-editor/src/components/writing-flow/use-select-all.js
@@ -31,15 +31,11 @@ export default function useSelectAll() {
 				return;
 			}
 
-			const selectedClientIds = getSelectedBlockClientIds();
-
-			if (
-				selectedClientIds.length === 1 &&
-				! isEntirelySelected( event.target )
-			) {
+			if ( ! isEntirelySelected( event.target ) ) {
 				return;
 			}
 
+			const selectedClientIds = getSelectedBlockClientIds();
 			const [ firstSelectedClientId ] = selectedClientIds;
 			const rootClientId = getBlockRootClientId( firstSelectedClientId );
 			let blockClientIds = getBlockOrder( rootClientId );
diff --git a/packages/block-editor/src/hooks/duotone.js b/packages/block-editor/src/hooks/duotone.js
index 3cb05246306b5..33d468a30b749 100644
--- a/packages/block-editor/src/hooks/duotone.js
+++ b/packages/block-editor/src/hooks/duotone.js
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ import { getBlockSupport, hasBlockSupport } from '@wordpress/blocks';
 import { SVG } from '@wordpress/components';
 import { createHigherOrderComponent, useInstanceId } from '@wordpress/compose';
 import { addFilter } from '@wordpress/hooks';
+import { useContext, createPortal } from '@wordpress/element';
 
 /**
  * Internal dependencies
@@ -20,6 +21,7 @@ import {
 	__experimentalDuotoneControl as DuotoneControl,
 	useSetting,
 } from '../components';
+import { Head } from '../components/block-list/head';
 
 const EMPTY_ARRAY = [];
 
@@ -236,13 +238,19 @@ const withDuotoneStyles = createHigherOrderComponent(
 
 		const className = classnames( props?.className, id );
 
+		const element = useContext( Head.context );
+
 		return (
 			<>
-				<DuotoneFilter
-					selector={ selectorsGroup }
-					id={ id }
-					values={ getValuesFromColors( values ) }
-				/>
+				{ element &&
+					createPortal(
+						<DuotoneFilter
+							selector={ selectorsGroup }
+							id={ id }
+							values={ getValuesFromColors( values ) }
+						/>,
+						element
+					) }
 				<BlockListBlock { ...props } className={ className } />
 			</>
 		);
diff --git a/packages/block-editor/src/hooks/layout.js b/packages/block-editor/src/hooks/layout.js
index 95f9bdd77dede..15aea3f25580c 100644
--- a/packages/block-editor/src/hooks/layout.js
+++ b/packages/block-editor/src/hooks/layout.js
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ import {
 } from '@wordpress/components';
 import { __ } from '@wordpress/i18n';
 import { Icon, positionCenter, stretchWide } from '@wordpress/icons';
+import { useContext, createPortal } from '@wordpress/element';
 
 /**
  * Internal dependencies
@@ -28,6 +29,7 @@ import { store as blockEditorStore } from '../store';
 import { InspectorControls } from '../components';
 import useSetting from '../components/use-setting';
 import { LayoutStyle } from '../components/block-list/layout';
+import { Head } from '../components/block-list/head';
 
 function LayoutPanel( { setAttributes, attributes } ) {
 	const { layout = {} } = attributes;
@@ -207,12 +209,18 @@ export const withLayoutStyles = createHigherOrderComponent(
 			`wp-container-${ id }`
 		);
 
+		const element = useContext( Head.context );
+
 		return (
 			<>
-				<LayoutStyle
-					selector={ `.wp-container-${ id }` }
-					layout={ usedLayout }
-				/>
+				{ element &&
+					createPortal(
+						<LayoutStyle
+							selector={ `.wp-container-${ id }` }
+							layout={ usedLayout }
+						/>,
+						element
+					) }
 				<BlockListBlock { ...props } className={ className } />
 			</>
 		);
diff --git a/packages/block-library/README.md b/packages/block-library/README.md
index 84f86a88a5b74..c10c1a44b27bb 100644
--- a/packages/block-library/README.md
+++ b/packages/block-library/README.md
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ apply_filter( 'render_block', 'render_block_my_block' );
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="registerCoreBlocks" href="#registerCoreBlocks">#</a> **registerCoreBlocks**
+### registerCoreBlocks
 
 Function to register core blocks provided by the block editor.
 
@@ -88,7 +88,6 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _blocks_ `Array`: An optional array of the core blocks being registered.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/block-library/src/button/edit.js b/packages/block-library/src/button/edit.js
index 3f36a56427239..6cd15639617ca 100644
--- a/packages/block-library/src/button/edit.js
+++ b/packages/block-library/src/button/edit.js
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ import classnames from 'classnames';
  * WordPress dependencies
  */
 import { __ } from '@wordpress/i18n';
-import { useCallback, useState, useRef } from '@wordpress/element';
+import { useCallback, useEffect, useState, useRef } from '@wordpress/element';
 import {
 	Button,
 	ButtonGroup,
@@ -68,27 +68,42 @@ function URLPicker( {
 	opensInNewTab,
 	onToggleOpenInNewTab,
 	anchorRef,
+	richTextRef,
 } ) {
-	const [ isURLPickerOpen, setIsURLPickerOpen ] = useState( false );
-	const urlIsSet = !! url;
-	const urlIsSetandSelected = urlIsSet && isSelected;
-	const openLinkControl = () => {
-		setIsURLPickerOpen( true );
-		return false; // prevents default behaviour for event
+	const [ isEditingURL, setIsEditingURL ] = useState( false );
+	const isURLSet = !! url;
+
+	const startEditing = ( event ) => {
+		event.preventDefault();
+		setIsEditingURL( true );
 	};
-	const unlinkButton = () => {
+
+	const unlink = () => {
 		setAttributes( {
 			url: undefined,
 			linkTarget: undefined,
 			rel: undefined,
 		} );
-		setIsURLPickerOpen( false );
+		setIsEditingURL( false );
 	};
-	const linkControl = ( isURLPickerOpen || urlIsSetandSelected ) && (
+
+	useEffect( () => {
+		if ( ! isSelected ) {
+			setIsEditingURL( false );
+		}
+	}, [ isSelected ] );
+
+	const isLinkControlVisible = isSelected && ( isEditingURL || isURLSet );
+
+	const linkControl = isLinkControlVisible && (
 		<Popover
 			position="bottom center"
-			onClose={ () => setIsURLPickerOpen( false ) }
+			onClose={ () => {
+				setIsEditingURL( false );
+				richTextRef.current?.focus();
+			} }
 			anchorRef={ anchorRef?.current }
+			focusOnMount={ isEditingURL ? 'firstElement' : false }
 		>
 			<LinkControl
 				className="wp-block-navigation-link__inline-link-input"
@@ -103,28 +118,34 @@ function URLPicker( {
 						onToggleOpenInNewTab( newOpensInNewTab );
 					}
 				} }
+				onRemove={ () => {
+					unlink();
+					richTextRef.current?.focus();
+				} }
+				forceIsEditingLink={ isEditingURL }
 			/>
 		</Popover>
 	);
+
 	return (
 		<>
 			<BlockControls group="block">
-				{ ! urlIsSet && (
+				{ ! isURLSet && (
 					<ToolbarButton
 						name="link"
 						icon={ link }
 						title={ __( 'Link' ) }
 						shortcut={ displayShortcut.primary( 'k' ) }
-						onClick={ openLinkControl }
+						onClick={ startEditing }
 					/>
 				) }
-				{ urlIsSetandSelected && (
+				{ isURLSet && (
 					<ToolbarButton
 						name="link"
 						icon={ linkOff }
 						title={ __( 'Unlink' ) }
 						shortcut={ displayShortcut.primaryShift( 'k' ) }
-						onClick={ unlinkButton }
+						onClick={ unlink }
 						isActive={ true }
 					/>
 				) }
@@ -133,8 +154,11 @@ function URLPicker( {
 				<KeyboardShortcuts
 					bindGlobal
 					shortcuts={ {
-						[ rawShortcut.primary( 'k' ) ]: openLinkControl,
-						[ rawShortcut.primaryShift( 'k' ) ]: unlinkButton,
+						[ rawShortcut.primary( 'k' ) ]: startEditing,
+						[ rawShortcut.primaryShift( 'k' ) ]: () => {
+							unlink();
+							richTextRef.current?.focus();
+						},
 					} }
 				/>
 			) }
@@ -195,6 +219,7 @@ function ButtonEdit( props ) {
 	const borderRadius = style?.border?.radius;
 	const colorProps = useColorProps( attributes );
 	const ref = useRef();
+	const richTextRef = useRef();
 	const blockProps = useBlockProps( { ref } );
 
 	return (
@@ -207,6 +232,7 @@ function ButtonEdit( props ) {
 				} ) }
 			>
 				<RichText
+					ref={ richTextRef }
 					aria-label={ __( 'Button text' ) }
 					placeholder={ placeholder || __( 'Add text…' ) }
 					value={ text }
@@ -244,6 +270,7 @@ function ButtonEdit( props ) {
 				opensInNewTab={ linkTarget === '_blank' }
 				onToggleOpenInNewTab={ onToggleOpenInNewTab }
 				anchorRef={ ref }
+				richTextRef={ richTextRef }
 			/>
 			<InspectorControls>
 				<WidthPanel
diff --git a/packages/block-serialization-default-parser/README.md b/packages/block-serialization-default-parser/README.md
index 731b5c138b539..9627f88faed27 100644
--- a/packages/block-serialization-default-parser/README.md
+++ b/packages/block-serialization-default-parser/README.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ _This package assumes that your code will run in an **ES2015+** environment. If
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="parse" href="#parse">#</a> **parse**
+### parse
 
 Parser function, that converts input HTML into a block based structure.
 
@@ -26,21 +26,27 @@ Input post:
 
 ```html
 <!-- wp:columns {"columns":3} -->
-<div class="wp-block-columns has-3-columns"><!-- wp:column -->
-<div class="wp-block-column"><!-- wp:paragraph -->
-<p>Left</p>
-<!-- /wp:paragraph --></div>
-<!-- /wp:column -->
-
-<!-- wp:column -->
-<div class="wp-block-column"><!-- wp:paragraph -->
-<p><strong>Middle</strong></p>
-<!-- /wp:paragraph --></div>
-<!-- /wp:column -->
-
-<!-- wp:column -->
-<div class="wp-block-column"></div>
-<!-- /wp:column --></div>
+<div class="wp-block-columns has-3-columns">
+	<!-- wp:column -->
+	<div class="wp-block-column">
+		<!-- wp:paragraph -->
+		<p>Left</p>
+		<!-- /wp:paragraph -->
+	</div>
+	<!-- /wp:column -->
+
+	<!-- wp:column -->
+	<div class="wp-block-column">
+		<!-- wp:paragraph -->
+		<p><strong>Middle</strong></p>
+		<!-- /wp:paragraph -->
+	</div>
+	<!-- /wp:column -->
+
+	<!-- wp:column -->
+	<div class="wp-block-column"></div>
+	<!-- /wp:column -->
+</div>
 <!-- /wp:columns -->
 ```
 
@@ -49,49 +55,51 @@ Parsing code:
 ```js
 import { parse } from '@wordpress/block-serialization-default-parser';
 
-parse( post ) === [
-    {
-        blockName: "core/columns",
-        attrs: {
-            columns: 3
-        },
-        innerBlocks: [
-            {
-                blockName: "core/column",
-                attrs: null,
-                innerBlocks: [
-                    {
-                        blockName: "core/paragraph",
-                        attrs: null,
-                        innerBlocks: [],
-                        innerHTML: "\n<p>Left</p>\n"
-                    }
-                ],
-                innerHTML: '\n<div class="wp-block-column"></div>\n'
-            },
-            {
-                blockName: "core/column",
-                attrs: null,
-                innerBlocks: [
-                    {
-                        blockName: "core/paragraph",
-                        attrs: null,
-                        innerBlocks: [],
-                        innerHTML: "\n<p><strong>Middle</strong></p>\n"
-                    }
-                ],
-                innerHTML: '\n<div class="wp-block-column"></div>\n'
-            },
-            {
-                blockName: "core/column",
-                attrs: null,
-                innerBlocks: [],
-                innerHTML: '\n<div class="wp-block-column"></div>\n'
-            }
-        ],
-        innerHTML: '\n<div class="wp-block-columns has-3-columns">\n\n\n\n</div>\n'
-    }
-];
+parse( post ) ===
+	[
+		{
+			blockName: 'core/columns',
+			attrs: {
+				columns: 3,
+			},
+			innerBlocks: [
+				{
+					blockName: 'core/column',
+					attrs: null,
+					innerBlocks: [
+						{
+							blockName: 'core/paragraph',
+							attrs: null,
+							innerBlocks: [],
+							innerHTML: '\n<p>Left</p>\n',
+						},
+					],
+					innerHTML: '\n<div class="wp-block-column"></div>\n',
+				},
+				{
+					blockName: 'core/column',
+					attrs: null,
+					innerBlocks: [
+						{
+							blockName: 'core/paragraph',
+							attrs: null,
+							innerBlocks: [],
+							innerHTML: '\n<p><strong>Middle</strong></p>\n',
+						},
+					],
+					innerHTML: '\n<div class="wp-block-column"></div>\n',
+				},
+				{
+					blockName: 'core/column',
+					attrs: null,
+					innerBlocks: [],
+					innerHTML: '\n<div class="wp-block-column"></div>\n',
+				},
+			],
+			innerHTML:
+				'\n<div class="wp-block-columns has-3-columns">\n\n\n\n</div>\n',
+		},
+	];
 ```
 
 _Parameters_
@@ -102,7 +110,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: A block-based representation of the input HTML.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 ## Theory
diff --git a/packages/blocks/README.md b/packages/blocks/README.md
index dd51909dedfd4..7bdca8b1a3296 100644
--- a/packages/blocks/README.md
+++ b/packages/blocks/README.md
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ In the random image block above, we've given the `alt` attribute of the image a
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="cloneBlock" href="#cloneBlock">#</a> **cloneBlock**
+### cloneBlock
 
 Given a block object, returns a copy of the block object,
 optionally merging new attributes and/or replacing its inner blocks.
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: A cloned block.
 
-<a name="createBlock" href="#createBlock">#</a> **createBlock**
+### createBlock
 
 Returns a block object given its type and attributes.
 
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Block object.
 
-<a name="createBlocksFromInnerBlocksTemplate" href="#createBlocksFromInnerBlocksTemplate">#</a> **createBlocksFromInnerBlocksTemplate**
+### createBlocksFromInnerBlocksTemplate
 
 Given an array of InnerBlocks templates or Block Objects,
 returns an array of created Blocks from them.
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object[]`: Array of Block objects.
 
-<a name="doBlocksMatchTemplate" href="#doBlocksMatchTemplate">#</a> **doBlocksMatchTemplate**
+### doBlocksMatchTemplate
 
 Checks whether a list of blocks matches a template by comparing the block names.
 
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the list of blocks matches a templates
 
-<a name="findTransform" href="#findTransform">#</a> **findTransform**
+### findTransform
 
 Given an array of transforms, returns the highest-priority transform where
 the predicate function returns a truthy value. A higher-priority transform
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?Object`: Highest-priority transform candidate.
 
-<a name="getBlockAttributes" href="#getBlockAttributes">#</a> **getBlockAttributes**
+### getBlockAttributes
 
 Returns the block attributes of a registered block node given its type.
 
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: All block attributes.
 
-<a name="getBlockContent" href="#getBlockContent">#</a> **getBlockContent**
+### getBlockContent
 
 Given a block object, returns the Block's Inner HTML markup.
 
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: HTML.
 
-<a name="getBlockDefaultClassName" href="#getBlockDefaultClassName">#</a> **getBlockDefaultClassName**
+### getBlockDefaultClassName
 
 Returns the block's default classname from its name.
 
@@ -295,20 +295,20 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: The block's default class.
 
-<a name="getBlockFromExample" href="#getBlockFromExample">#</a> **getBlockFromExample**
+### getBlockFromExample
 
 Create a block object from the example API.
 
 _Parameters_
 
--   _name_ `string`: 
--   _example_ `Object`: 
+-   _name_ `string`:
+-   _example_ `Object`:
 
 _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: block.
 
-<a name="getBlockMenuDefaultClassName" href="#getBlockMenuDefaultClassName">#</a> **getBlockMenuDefaultClassName**
+### getBlockMenuDefaultClassName
 
 Returns the block's default menu item classname from its name.
 
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: The block's default menu item class.
 
-<a name="getBlockSupport" href="#getBlockSupport">#</a> **getBlockSupport**
+### getBlockSupport
 
 Returns the block support value for a feature, if defined.
 
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?*`: Block support value
 
-<a name="getBlockTransforms" href="#getBlockTransforms">#</a> **getBlockTransforms**
+### getBlockTransforms
 
 Returns normal block transforms for a given transform direction, optionally
 for a specific block by name, or an empty array if there are no transforms.
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Block transforms for direction.
 
-<a name="getBlockType" href="#getBlockType">#</a> **getBlockType**
+### getBlockType
 
 Returns a registered block type.
 
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?Object`: Block type.
 
-<a name="getBlockTypes" href="#getBlockTypes">#</a> **getBlockTypes**
+### getBlockTypes
 
 Returns all registered blocks.
 
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Block settings.
 
-<a name="getBlockVariations" href="#getBlockVariations">#</a> **getBlockVariations**
+### getBlockVariations
 
 Returns an array with the variations of a given block type.
 
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `(WPBlockVariation[]|void)`: Block variations.
 
-<a name="getCategories" href="#getCategories">#</a> **getCategories**
+### getCategories
 
 Returns all the block categories.
 
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPBlockCategory[]`: Block categories.
 
-<a name="getChildBlockNames" href="#getChildBlockNames">#</a> **getChildBlockNames**
+### getChildBlockNames
 
 Returns an array with the child blocks of a given block.
 
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Array of child block names.
 
-<a name="getDefaultBlockName" href="#getDefaultBlockName">#</a> **getDefaultBlockName**
+### getDefaultBlockName
 
 Retrieves the default block name.
 
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: Block name.
 
-<a name="getFreeformContentHandlerName" href="#getFreeformContentHandlerName">#</a> **getFreeformContentHandlerName**
+### getFreeformContentHandlerName
 
 Retrieves name of block handling non-block content, or undefined if no
 handler has been defined.
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: Block name.
 
-<a name="getGroupingBlockName" href="#getGroupingBlockName">#</a> **getGroupingBlockName**
+### getGroupingBlockName
 
 Retrieves name of block used for handling grouping interactions.
 
@@ -428,11 +428,11 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: Block name.
 
-<a name="getPhrasingContentSchema" href="#getPhrasingContentSchema">#</a> **getPhrasingContentSchema**
+### getPhrasingContentSchema
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="getPossibleBlockTransformations" href="#getPossibleBlockTransformations">#</a> **getPossibleBlockTransformations**
+### getPossibleBlockTransformations
 
 Returns an array of block types that the set of blocks received as argument
 can be transformed into.
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Block types that the blocks argument can be transformed to.
 
-<a name="getSaveContent" href="#getSaveContent">#</a> **getSaveContent**
+### getSaveContent
 
 Given a block type containing a save render implementation and attributes, returns the
 static markup to be saved.
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Save content.
 
-<a name="getSaveElement" href="#getSaveElement">#</a> **getSaveElement**
+### getSaveElement
 
 Given a block type containing a save render implementation and attributes, returns the
 enhanced element to be saved or string when raw HTML expected.
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object|string`: Save element or raw HTML string.
 
-<a name="getUnregisteredTypeHandlerName" href="#getUnregisteredTypeHandlerName">#</a> **getUnregisteredTypeHandlerName**
+### getUnregisteredTypeHandlerName
 
 Retrieves name of block handling unregistered block types, or undefined if no
 handler has been defined.
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?string`: Block name.
 
-<a name="hasBlockSupport" href="#hasBlockSupport">#</a> **hasBlockSupport**
+### hasBlockSupport
 
 Returns true if the block defines support for a feature, or false otherwise.
 
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether block supports feature.
 
-<a name="hasChildBlocks" href="#hasChildBlocks">#</a> **hasChildBlocks**
+### hasChildBlocks
 
 Returns a boolean indicating if a block has child blocks or not.
 
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if a block contains child blocks and false otherwise.
 
-<a name="hasChildBlocksWithInserterSupport" href="#hasChildBlocksWithInserterSupport">#</a> **hasChildBlocksWithInserterSupport**
+### hasChildBlocksWithInserterSupport
 
 Returns a boolean indicating if a block has at least one child block with inserter support.
 
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if a block contains at least one child blocks with inserter support and false otherwise.
 
-<a name="isReusableBlock" href="#isReusableBlock">#</a> **isReusableBlock**
+### isReusableBlock
 
 Determines whether or not the given block is a reusable block. This is a
 special block type that is used to point to a global block stored via the
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the given block is a reusable block.
 
-<a name="isTemplatePart" href="#isTemplatePart">#</a> **isTemplatePart**
+### isTemplatePart
 
 Determines whether or not the given block is a template part. This is a
 special block type that allows composing a page template out of reusable
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the given block is a template part.
 
-<a name="isUnmodifiedDefaultBlock" href="#isUnmodifiedDefaultBlock">#</a> **isUnmodifiedDefaultBlock**
+### isUnmodifiedDefaultBlock
 
 Determines whether the block is a default block
 and its attributes are equal to the default attributes
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the block is an unmodified default block
 
-<a name="isValidBlockContent" href="#isValidBlockContent">#</a> **isValidBlockContent**
+### isValidBlockContent
 
 Returns true if the parsed block is valid given the input content. A block
 is considered valid if, when serialized with assumed attributes, the content
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether block is valid.
 
-<a name="isValidIcon" href="#isValidIcon">#</a> **isValidIcon**
+### isValidIcon
 
 Function that checks if the parameter is a valid icon.
 
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if the parameter is a valid icon and false otherwise.
 
-<a name="normalizeIconObject" href="#normalizeIconObject">#</a> **normalizeIconObject**
+### normalizeIconObject
 
 Function that receives an icon as set by the blocks during the registration
 and returns a new icon object that is normalized so we can rely on just on possible icon structure
@@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPBlockTypeIconDescriptor`: Object describing the icon.
 
-<a name="parse" href="#parse">#</a> **parse**
+### parse
 
 Utilizes an optimized token-driven parser based on the Gutenberg grammar spec
 defined through a parsing expression grammar to take advantage of the regular
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Block list.
 
-<a name="parseWithAttributeSchema" href="#parseWithAttributeSchema">#</a> **parseWithAttributeSchema**
+### parseWithAttributeSchema
 
 Given a block's raw content and an attribute's schema returns the attribute's
 value depending on its source.
@@ -648,13 +648,13 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `*`: Attribute value.
 
-<a name="pasteHandler" href="#pasteHandler">#</a> **pasteHandler**
+### pasteHandler
 
 Converts an HTML string to known blocks. Strips everything else.
 
 _Parameters_
 
--   _options_ `Object`: 
+-   _options_ `Object`:
 -   _options.HTML_ `[string]`: The HTML to convert.
 -   _options.plainText_ `[string]`: Plain text version.
 -   _options.mode_ `[string]`: Handle content as blocks or inline content. _ 'AUTO': Decide based on the content passed. _ 'INLINE': Always handle as inline content, and return string. \* 'BLOCKS': Always handle as blocks, and return array of blocks.
@@ -665,20 +665,20 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array|string`: A list of blocks or a string, depending on `handlerMode`.
 
-<a name="rawHandler" href="#rawHandler">#</a> **rawHandler**
+### rawHandler
 
 Converts an HTML string to known blocks.
 
 _Parameters_
 
--   _$1_ `Object`: 
+-   _$1_ `Object`:
 -   _$1.HTML_ `string`: The HTML to convert.
 
 _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: A list of blocks.
 
-<a name="registerBlockCollection" href="#registerBlockCollection">#</a> **registerBlockCollection**
+### registerBlockCollection
 
 Registers a new block collection to group blocks in the same namespace in the inserter.
 
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _settings.title_ `string`: The title to display in the block inserter.
 -   _settings.icon_ `[Object]`: The icon to display in the block inserter.
 
-<a name="registerBlockStyle" href="#registerBlockStyle">#</a> **registerBlockStyle**
+### registerBlockStyle
 
 Registers a new block style variation for the given block.
 
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _blockName_ `string`: Name of block (example: “core/latest-posts”).
 -   _styleVariation_ `Object`: Object containing `name` which is the class name applied to the block and `label` which identifies the variation to the user.
 
-<a name="registerBlockType" href="#registerBlockType">#</a> **registerBlockType**
+### registerBlockType
 
 Registers a new block provided a unique name and an object defining its
 behavior. Once registered, the block is made available as an option to any
@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?WPBlock`: The block, if it has been successfully registered; otherwise `undefined`.
 
-<a name="registerBlockTypeFromMetadata" href="#registerBlockTypeFromMetadata">#</a> **registerBlockTypeFromMetadata**
+### registerBlockTypeFromMetadata
 
 > **Deprecated** Use `registerBlockType` instead.
 
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?WPBlock`: The block, if it has been successfully registered; otherwise `undefined`.
 
-<a name="registerBlockVariation" href="#registerBlockVariation">#</a> **registerBlockVariation**
+### registerBlockVariation
 
 Registers a new block variation for the given block type.
 
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _blockName_ `string`: Name of the block (example: “core/columns”).
 -   _variation_ `WPBlockVariation`: Object describing a block variation.
 
-<a name="serialize" href="#serialize">#</a> **serialize**
+### serialize
 
 Takes a block or set of blocks and returns the serialized post content.
 
@@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: The post content.
 
-<a name="setCategories" href="#setCategories">#</a> **setCategories**
+### setCategories
 
 Sets the block categories.
 
@@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _categories_ `WPBlockCategory[]`: Block categories.
 
-<a name="setDefaultBlockName" href="#setDefaultBlockName">#</a> **setDefaultBlockName**
+### setDefaultBlockName
 
 Assigns the default block name.
 
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _name_ `string`: Block name.
 
-<a name="setFreeformContentHandlerName" href="#setFreeformContentHandlerName">#</a> **setFreeformContentHandlerName**
+### setFreeformContentHandlerName
 
 Assigns name of block for handling non-block content.
 
@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _blockName_ `string`: Block name.
 
-<a name="setGroupingBlockName" href="#setGroupingBlockName">#</a> **setGroupingBlockName**
+### setGroupingBlockName
 
 Assigns name of block for handling block grouping interactions.
 
@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _name_ `string`: Block name.
 
-<a name="setUnregisteredTypeHandlerName" href="#setUnregisteredTypeHandlerName">#</a> **setUnregisteredTypeHandlerName**
+### setUnregisteredTypeHandlerName
 
 Assigns name of block handling unregistered block types.
 
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _blockName_ `string`: Block name.
 
-<a name="store" href="#store">#</a> **store**
+### store
 
 Store definition for the blocks namespace.
 
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ _Type_
 
 -   `Object`
 
-<a name="switchToBlockType" href="#switchToBlockType">#</a> **switchToBlockType**
+### switchToBlockType
 
 Switch one or more blocks into one or more blocks of the new block type.
 
@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?Array`: Array of blocks or null.
 
-<a name="synchronizeBlocksWithTemplate" href="#synchronizeBlocksWithTemplate">#</a> **synchronizeBlocksWithTemplate**
+### synchronizeBlocksWithTemplate
 
 Synchronize a block list with a block template.
 
@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Updated Block list.
 
-<a name="unregisterBlockStyle" href="#unregisterBlockStyle">#</a> **unregisterBlockStyle**
+### unregisterBlockStyle
 
 Unregisters a block style variation for the given block.
 
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _blockName_ `string`: Name of block (example: “core/latest-posts”).
 -   _styleVariationName_ `string`: Name of class applied to the block.
 
-<a name="unregisterBlockType" href="#unregisterBlockType">#</a> **unregisterBlockType**
+### unregisterBlockType
 
 Unregisters a block.
 
@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?WPBlock`: The previous block value, if it has been successfully unregistered; otherwise `undefined`.
 
-<a name="unregisterBlockVariation" href="#unregisterBlockVariation">#</a> **unregisterBlockVariation**
+### unregisterBlockVariation
 
 Unregisters a block variation defined for the given block type.
 
@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _blockName_ `string`: Name of the block (example: “core/columns”).
 -   _variationName_ `string`: Name of the variation defined for the block.
 
-<a name="updateCategory" href="#updateCategory">#</a> **updateCategory**
+### updateCategory
 
 Updates a category.
 
@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _slug_ `string`: Block category slug.
 -   _category_ `WPBlockCategory`: Object containing the category properties that should be updated.
 
-<a name="withBlockContentContext" href="#withBlockContentContext">#</a> **withBlockContentContext**
+### withBlockContentContext
 
 A Higher Order Component used to inject BlockContent using context to the
 wrapped component.
@@ -881,7 +881,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPComponent`: Enhanced component with injected BlockContent as prop.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/components/src/font-size-picker/index.js b/packages/components/src/font-size-picker/index.js
index 5a1080c8d8b52..77fadfccd2e70 100644
--- a/packages/components/src/font-size-picker/index.js
+++ b/packages/components/src/font-size-picker/index.js
@@ -126,10 +126,14 @@ function FontSizePicker(
 							if ( 0 === parseFloat( nextSize ) || ! nextSize ) {
 								onChange( undefined );
 							} else {
-								onChange( nextSize );
+								onChange(
+									hasUnits
+										? nextSize
+										: parseInt( nextSize, 10 )
+								);
 							}
 						} }
-						units={ units }
+						units={ hasUnits ? units : false }
 					/>
 				) }
 				<Button
diff --git a/packages/components/src/font-size-picker/test/index.js b/packages/components/src/font-size-picker/test/index.js
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..f26d6144f930c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/components/src/font-size-picker/test/index.js
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/**
+ * External dependencies
+ */
+import { render, fireEvent, screen } from '@testing-library/react';
+
+/**
+ * Internal dependencies
+ */
+import FontSizePicker from '../';
+
+const getUnitSelect = () =>
+	document.body.querySelector( '.components-unit-control select' );
+const getUnitLabel = () =>
+	document.body.querySelector( '.components-unit-control__unit-label' );
+
+describe( 'FontSizePicker', () => {
+	describe( 'onChange values', () => {
+		it( 'should not use units when the initial value is a number', () => {
+			let fontSize = 12;
+			const setFontSize = jest.fn(
+				( nextSize ) => ( fontSize = nextSize )
+			);
+
+			render(
+				<FontSizePicker value={ fontSize } onChange={ setFontSize } />
+			);
+
+			const unitSelect = getUnitSelect();
+			const unitLabel = getUnitLabel();
+			const input = screen.getByLabelText( 'Custom', {
+				selector: 'input',
+			} );
+
+			input.focus();
+			fireEvent.change( input, { target: { value: 16 } } );
+
+			expect( unitSelect ).toBeFalsy();
+			expect( unitLabel ).toBeTruthy();
+			expect( fontSize ).toBe( 16 );
+		} );
+
+		it( 'should use units when the initial value has a unit', () => {
+			let fontSize = '12px';
+			const setFontSize = jest.fn(
+				( nextSize ) => ( fontSize = nextSize )
+			);
+
+			render(
+				<FontSizePicker value={ fontSize } onChange={ setFontSize } />
+			);
+
+			const unitSelect = getUnitSelect();
+			const unitLabel = getUnitLabel();
+			const input = screen.getByLabelText( 'Custom', {
+				selector: 'input',
+			} );
+
+			input.focus();
+			fireEvent.change( input, { target: { value: 16 } } );
+
+			expect( unitSelect ).toBeTruthy();
+			expect( unitLabel ).toBeFalsy();
+			expect( fontSize ).toBe( '16px' );
+		} );
+
+		it( 'should not use units when fontSizes size values are numbers', () => {
+			let fontSize;
+			const fontSizes = [
+				{
+					name: 'Small',
+					slug: 'small',
+					size: 12,
+				},
+			];
+			const setFontSize = jest.fn(
+				( nextSize ) => ( fontSize = nextSize )
+			);
+
+			render(
+				<FontSizePicker
+					fontSizes={ fontSizes }
+					value={ fontSize }
+					onChange={ setFontSize }
+				/>
+			);
+
+			const unitSelect = getUnitSelect();
+			const unitLabel = getUnitLabel();
+			const input = screen.getByLabelText( 'Custom', {
+				selector: 'input',
+			} );
+
+			input.focus();
+			fireEvent.change( input, { target: { value: 16 } } );
+
+			expect( unitSelect ).toBeFalsy();
+			expect( unitLabel ).toBeTruthy();
+			expect( fontSize ).toBe( 16 );
+		} );
+
+		it( 'should use units when fontSizes size values have units', () => {
+			let fontSize;
+			const fontSizes = [
+				{
+					name: 'Small',
+					slug: 'small',
+					size: '12px',
+				},
+			];
+			const setFontSize = jest.fn(
+				( nextSize ) => ( fontSize = nextSize )
+			);
+
+			render(
+				<FontSizePicker
+					fontSizes={ fontSizes }
+					value={ fontSize }
+					onChange={ setFontSize }
+				/>
+			);
+
+			const unitSelect = getUnitSelect();
+			const unitLabel = getUnitLabel();
+			const input = screen.getByLabelText( 'Custom', {
+				selector: 'input',
+			} );
+
+			input.focus();
+			fireEvent.change( input, { target: { value: 16 } } );
+
+			expect( unitSelect ).toBeTruthy();
+			expect( unitLabel ).toBeFalsy();
+			expect( fontSize ).toBe( '16px' );
+		} );
+	} );
+} );
diff --git a/packages/compose/README.md b/packages/compose/README.md
index 016560af43f14..17b1018d373b1 100644
--- a/packages/compose/README.md
+++ b/packages/compose/README.md
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ For more details, you can refer to each Higher Order Component's README file. [A
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="compose" href="#compose">#</a> **compose**
+### compose
 
 Composes multiple higher-order components into a single higher-order component. Performs right-to-left function
 composition, where each successive invocation is supplied the return value of the previous.
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: Returns the new composite function.
 
-<a name="createHigherOrderComponent" href="#createHigherOrderComponent">#</a> **createHigherOrderComponent**
+### createHigherOrderComponent
 
 Given a function mapping a component to an enhanced component and modifier
 name, returns the enhanced component augmented with a generated displayName.
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `HigherOrderComponent< TInnerProps, TOuterProps >`: Component class with generated display name assigned.
 
-<a name="ifCondition" href="#ifCondition">#</a> **ifCondition**
+### ifCondition
 
 Higher-order component creator, creating a new component which renders if
 the given condition is satisfied or with the given optional prop name.
@@ -98,7 +98,9 @@ _Usage_
 ```ts
 type Props = { foo: string };
 const Component = ( props: Props ) => <div>{ props.foo }</div>;
-const ConditionalComponent = ifCondition( ( props: Props ) => props.foo.length !== 0 )( Component );
+const ConditionalComponent = ifCondition(
+	( props: Props ) => props.foo.length !== 0
+)( Component );
 <ConditionalComponent foo="" />; // => null
 <ConditionalComponent foo="bar" />; // => <div>bar</div>;
 ```
@@ -111,7 +113,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `HigherOrderComponent< TProps, TProps >`: Higher-order component.
 
-<a name="pure" href="#pure">#</a> **pure**
+### pure
 
 Given a component returns the enhanced component augmented with a component
 only rerendering when its props/state change
@@ -120,7 +122,7 @@ _Type_
 
 -   `SimpleHigherOrderComponent`
 
-<a name="useAsyncList" href="#useAsyncList">#</a> **useAsyncList**
+### useAsyncList
 
 React hook returns an array which items get asynchronously appended from a source array.
 This behavior is useful if we want to render a list of items asynchronously for performance reasons.
@@ -133,7 +135,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `T[]`: Async array.
 
-<a name="useConstrainedTabbing" href="#useConstrainedTabbing">#</a> **useConstrainedTabbing**
+### useConstrainedTabbing
 
 In Dialogs/modals, the tabbing must be constrained to the content of
 the wrapper element. This hook adds the behavior to the returned ref.
@@ -144,23 +146,23 @@ _Usage_
 import { useConstrainedTabbing } from '@wordpress/compose';
 
 const ConstrainedTabbingExample = () => {
-    const constrainedTabbingRef = useConstrainedTabbing()
-    return (
-        <div ref={ constrainedTabbingRef }>
-            <Button />
-            <Button />
-        </div>
-    );
-}
+	const constrainedTabbingRef = useConstrainedTabbing();
+	return (
+		<div ref={ constrainedTabbingRef }>
+			<Button />
+			<Button />
+		</div>
+	);
+};
 ```
 
 _Returns_
 
 -   `Object|Function`: Element Ref.
 
-<a name="useCopyOnClick" href="#useCopyOnClick">#</a> **useCopyOnClick**
+### useCopyOnClick
 
-> **Deprecated** 
+> **Deprecated**
 
 Copies the text to the clipboard when the element is clicked.
 
@@ -174,7 +176,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether or not the text has been copied. Resets after the timeout.
 
-<a name="useCopyToClipboard" href="#useCopyToClipboard">#</a> **useCopyToClipboard**
+### useCopyToClipboard
 
 Copies the given text to the clipboard when the element is clicked.
 
@@ -187,7 +189,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `RefObject`: A ref to assign to the target element.
 
-<a name="useDebounce" href="#useDebounce">#</a> **useDebounce**
+### useDebounce
 
 Debounces a function with Lodash's `debounce`. A new debounced function will
 be returned and any scheduled calls cancelled if any of the arguments change,
@@ -202,7 +204,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: Debounced function.
 
-<a name="useFocusOnMount" href="#useFocusOnMount">#</a> **useFocusOnMount**
+### useFocusOnMount
 
 Hook used to focus the first tabbable element on mount.
 
@@ -212,14 +214,14 @@ _Usage_
 import { useFocusOnMount } from '@wordpress/compose';
 
 const WithFocusOnMount = () => {
-    const ref = useFocusOnMount()
-    return (
-        <div ref={ ref }>
-            <Button />
-            <Button />
-        </div>
-    );
-}
+	const ref = useFocusOnMount();
+	return (
+		<div ref={ ref }>
+			<Button />
+			<Button />
+		</div>
+	);
+};
 ```
 
 _Parameters_
@@ -230,7 +232,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: Ref callback.
 
-<a name="useFocusReturn" href="#useFocusReturn">#</a> **useFocusReturn**
+### useFocusReturn
 
 When opening modals/sidebars/dialogs, the focus
 must move to the opened area and return to the
@@ -243,14 +245,14 @@ _Usage_
 import { useFocusReturn } from '@wordpress/compose';
 
 const WithFocusReturn = () => {
-    const ref = useFocusReturn()
-    return (
-        <div ref={ ref }>
-            <Button />
-            <Button />
-        </div>
-    );
-}
+	const ref = useFocusReturn();
+	return (
+		<div ref={ ref }>
+			<Button />
+			<Button />
+		</div>
+	);
+};
 ```
 
 _Parameters_
@@ -261,7 +263,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: Element Ref.
 
-<a name="useInstanceId" href="#useInstanceId">#</a> **useInstanceId**
+### useInstanceId
 
 Provides a unique instance ID.
 
@@ -275,13 +277,13 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string | number`: The unique instance id.
 
-<a name="useIsomorphicLayoutEffect" href="#useIsomorphicLayoutEffect">#</a> **useIsomorphicLayoutEffect**
+### useIsomorphicLayoutEffect
 
 Preferred over direct usage of `useLayoutEffect` when supporting
 server rendered components (SSR) because currently React
 throws a warning when using useLayoutEffect in that environment.
 
-<a name="useKeyboardShortcut" href="#useKeyboardShortcut">#</a> **useKeyboardShortcut**
+### useKeyboardShortcut
 
 Attach a keyboard shortcut handler.
 
@@ -291,7 +293,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _callback_ `Function`: Shortcut callback.
 -   _options_ `WPKeyboardShortcutConfig`: Shortcut options.
 
-<a name="useMediaQuery" href="#useMediaQuery">#</a> **useMediaQuery**
+### useMediaQuery
 
 Runs a media query and returns its value when it changes.
 
@@ -303,7 +305,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: return value of the media query.
 
-<a name="useMergeRefs" href="#useMergeRefs">#</a> **useMergeRefs**
+### useMergeRefs
 
 Merges refs into one ref callback. Ensures the merged ref callbacks are only
 called when it changes (as a result of a `useCallback` dependency update) or
@@ -321,7 +323,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `RefCallback`: The merged ref callback.
 
-<a name="usePrevious" href="#usePrevious">#</a> **usePrevious**
+### usePrevious
 
 Use something's value from the previous render.
 Based on <https://usehooks.com/usePrevious/>.
@@ -334,7 +336,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `T|undefined`: The value from the previous render.
 
-<a name="useReducedMotion" href="#useReducedMotion">#</a> **useReducedMotion**
+### useReducedMotion
 
 Hook returning whether the user has a preference for reduced motion.
 
@@ -342,7 +344,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Reduced motion preference value.
 
-<a name="useRefEffect" href="#useRefEffect">#</a> **useRefEffect**
+### useRefEffect
 
 Effect-like ref callback. Just like with `useEffect`, this allows you to
 return a cleanup function to be run if the ref changes or one of the
@@ -366,7 +368,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: Ref callback.
 
-<a name="useResizeObserver" href="#useResizeObserver">#</a> **useResizeObserver**
+### useResizeObserver
 
 Hook which allows to listen the resize event of any target element when it changes sizes.
 _Note: `useResizeObserver` will report `null` until after first render_
@@ -390,7 +392,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: An array of {Element} `resizeListener` and {?Object} `sizes` with properties `width` and `height`
 
-<a name="useThrottle" href="#useThrottle">#</a> **useThrottle**
+### useThrottle
 
 Throttles a function with Lodash's `throttle`. A new throttled function will
 be returned and any scheduled calls cancelled if any of the arguments change,
@@ -405,7 +407,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: Throttled function.
 
-<a name="useViewportMatch" href="#useViewportMatch">#</a> **useViewportMatch**
+### useViewportMatch
 
 Returns true if the viewport matches the given query, or false otherwise.
 
@@ -425,7 +427,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether viewport matches query.
 
-<a name="useWarnOnChange" href="#useWarnOnChange">#</a> **useWarnOnChange**
+### useWarnOnChange
 
 Hook that performs a shallow comparison between the preview value of an object
 and the new one, if there's a difference, it prints it to the console.
@@ -434,10 +436,10 @@ this is useful in performance related work, to check why a component re-renders.
 _Usage_
 
 ```jsx
-function MyComponent(props) {
-   useWarnOnChange(props);
+function MyComponent( props ) {
+	useWarnOnChange( props );
 
-   return "Something";
+	return 'Something';
 }
 ```
 
@@ -446,9 +448,9 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _object_ `Object`: Object which changes to compare.
 -   _prefix_ `string`: Just a prefix to show when console logging.
 
-<a name="withGlobalEvents" href="#withGlobalEvents">#</a> **withGlobalEvents**
+### withGlobalEvents
 
-> **Deprecated** 
+> **Deprecated**
 
 Higher-order component creator which, given an object of DOM event types and
 values corresponding to a callback function name on the component, will
@@ -465,7 +467,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: Higher-order component.
 
-<a name="withInstanceId" href="#withInstanceId">#</a> **withInstanceId**
+### withInstanceId
 
 A Higher Order Component used to be provide a unique instance ID by
 component.
@@ -474,7 +476,7 @@ _Type_
 
 -   `PropInjectingHigherOrderComponent< { instanceId: string | number; } >`
 
-<a name="withSafeTimeout" href="#withSafeTimeout">#</a> **withSafeTimeout**
+### withSafeTimeout
 
 A higher-order component used to provide and manage delayed function calls
 that ought to be bound to a component's lifecycle.
@@ -487,7 +489,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPComponent`: Wrapped component.
 
-<a name="withState" href="#withState">#</a> **withState**
+### withState
 
 A Higher Order Component used to provide and manage internal component state
 via props.
@@ -500,7 +502,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPComponent`: Wrapped component.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/core-data/README.md b/packages/core-data/README.md
index 3c5d3ff07a6b9..ac93d0966542a 100644
--- a/packages/core-data/README.md
+++ b/packages/core-data/README.md
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ The following set of dispatching action creators are available on the object ret
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated actions|src/actions.js) -->
 
-<a name="addEntities" href="#addEntities">#</a> **addEntities**
+### addEntities
 
 Returns an action object used in adding new entities.
 
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="deleteEntityRecord" href="#deleteEntityRecord">#</a> **deleteEntityRecord**
+### deleteEntityRecord
 
 Action triggered to delete an entity record.
 
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _options_ `[Object]`: Delete options.
 -   _options.\_\_unstableFetch_ `[Function]`: Internal use only. Function to call instead of `apiFetch()`. Must return a control descriptor.
 
-<a name="editEntityRecord" href="#editEntityRecord">#</a> **editEntityRecord**
+### editEntityRecord
 
 Returns an action object that triggers an
 edit to an entity record.
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="receiveAutosaves" href="#receiveAutosaves">#</a> **receiveAutosaves**
+### receiveAutosaves
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the autosaves for a
 post have been received.
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="receiveCurrentTheme" href="#receiveCurrentTheme">#</a> **receiveCurrentTheme**
+### receiveCurrentTheme
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the current theme has been received.
 
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="receiveCurrentUser" href="#receiveCurrentUser">#</a> **receiveCurrentUser**
+### receiveCurrentUser
 
 Returns an action used in signalling that the current user has been received.
 
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="receiveEmbedPreview" href="#receiveEmbedPreview">#</a> **receiveEmbedPreview**
+### receiveEmbedPreview
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the preview data for
 a given URl has been received.
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="receiveEntityRecords" href="#receiveEntityRecords">#</a> **receiveEntityRecords**
+### receiveEntityRecords
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that entity records have been received.
 
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="receiveThemeSupports" href="#receiveThemeSupports">#</a> **receiveThemeSupports**
+### receiveThemeSupports
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the index has been received.
 
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="receiveUploadPermissions" href="#receiveUploadPermissions">#</a> **receiveUploadPermissions**
+### receiveUploadPermissions
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that Upload permissions have been received.
 
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="receiveUserPermission" href="#receiveUserPermission">#</a> **receiveUserPermission**
+### receiveUserPermission
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that the current user has
 permission to perform an action on a REST resource.
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="receiveUserQuery" href="#receiveUserQuery">#</a> **receiveUserQuery**
+### receiveUserQuery
 
 Returns an action object used in signalling that authors have been received.
 
@@ -205,12 +205,12 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Action object.
 
-<a name="redo" href="#redo">#</a> **redo**
+### redo
 
 Action triggered to redo the last undoed
 edit to an entity record, if any.
 
-<a name="saveEditedEntityRecord" href="#saveEditedEntityRecord">#</a> **saveEditedEntityRecord**
+### saveEditedEntityRecord
 
 Action triggered to save an entity record's edits.
 
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _recordId_ `Object`: ID of the record.
 -   _options_ `Object`: Saving options.
 
-<a name="saveEntityRecord" href="#saveEntityRecord">#</a> **saveEntityRecord**
+### saveEntityRecord
 
 Action triggered to save an entity record.
 
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _options.isAutosave_ `[boolean]`: Whether this is an autosave.
 -   _options.\_\_unstableFetch_ `[Function]`: Internal use only. Function to call instead of `apiFetch()`. Must return a control descriptor.
 
-<a name="undo" href="#undo">#</a> **undo**
+### undo
 
 Action triggered to undo the last edit to
 an entity record, if any.
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ The following selectors are available on the object returned by `wp.data.select(
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|src/selectors.js) -->
 
-<a name="canUser" href="#canUser">#</a> **canUser**
+### canUser
 
 Returns whether the current user can perform the given action on the given
 REST resource.
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean|undefined`: Whether or not the user can perform the action, or `undefined` if the OPTIONS request is still being made.
 
-<a name="canUserEditEntityRecord" href="#canUserEditEntityRecord">#</a> **canUserEditEntityRecord**
+### canUserEditEntityRecord
 
 Returns whether the current user can edit the given entity.
 
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean|undefined`: Whether or not the user can edit, or `undefined` if the OPTIONS request is still being made.
 
-<a name="getAuthors" href="#getAuthors">#</a> **getAuthors**
+### getAuthors
 
 Returns all available authors.
 
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Authors list.
 
-<a name="getAutosave" href="#getAutosave">#</a> **getAutosave**
+### getAutosave
 
 Returns the autosave for the post and author.
 
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?Object`: The autosave for the post and author.
 
-<a name="getAutosaves" href="#getAutosaves">#</a> **getAutosaves**
+### getAutosaves
 
 Returns the latest autosaves for the post.
 
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?Array`: An array of autosaves for the post, or undefined if there is none.
 
-<a name="getCurrentTheme" href="#getCurrentTheme">#</a> **getCurrentTheme**
+### getCurrentTheme
 
 Return the current theme.
 
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: The current theme.
 
-<a name="getCurrentUser" href="#getCurrentUser">#</a> **getCurrentUser**
+### getCurrentUser
 
 Returns the current user.
 
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Current user object.
 
-<a name="getEditedEntityRecord" href="#getEditedEntityRecord">#</a> **getEditedEntityRecord**
+### getEditedEntityRecord
 
 Returns the specified entity record, merged with its edits.
 
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: The entity record, merged with its edits.
 
-<a name="getEmbedPreview" href="#getEmbedPreview">#</a> **getEmbedPreview**
+### getEmbedPreview
 
 Returns the embed preview for the given URL.
 
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `*`: Undefined if the preview has not been fetched, otherwise, the preview fetched from the embed preview API.
 
-<a name="getEntitiesByKind" href="#getEntitiesByKind">#</a> **getEntitiesByKind**
+### getEntitiesByKind
 
 Returns whether the entities for the give kind are loaded.
 
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array<Object>`: Array of entities with config matching kind.
 
-<a name="getEntity" href="#getEntity">#</a> **getEntity**
+### getEntity
 
 Returns the entity object given its kind and name.
 
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Entity
 
-<a name="getEntityRecord" href="#getEntityRecord">#</a> **getEntityRecord**
+### getEntityRecord
 
 Returns the Entity's record object by key. Returns `null` if the value is not
 yet received, undefined if the value entity is known to not exist, or the
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: Record.
 
-<a name="getEntityRecordEdits" href="#getEntityRecordEdits">#</a> **getEntityRecordEdits**
+### getEntityRecordEdits
 
 Returns the specified entity record's edits.
 
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: The entity record's edits.
 
-<a name="getEntityRecordNonTransientEdits" href="#getEntityRecordNonTransientEdits">#</a> **getEntityRecordNonTransientEdits**
+### getEntityRecordNonTransientEdits
 
 Returns the specified entity record's non transient edits.
 
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: The entity record's non transient edits.
 
-<a name="getEntityRecords" href="#getEntityRecords">#</a> **getEntityRecords**
+### getEntityRecords
 
 Returns the Entity's records.
 
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?Array`: Records.
 
-<a name="getLastEntityDeleteError" href="#getLastEntityDeleteError">#</a> **getLastEntityDeleteError**
+### getLastEntityDeleteError
 
 Returns the specified entity record's last delete error.
 
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: The entity record's save error.
 
-<a name="getLastEntitySaveError" href="#getLastEntitySaveError">#</a> **getLastEntitySaveError**
+### getLastEntitySaveError
 
 Returns the specified entity record's last save error.
 
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: The entity record's save error.
 
-<a name="getRawEntityRecord" href="#getRawEntityRecord">#</a> **getRawEntityRecord**
+### getRawEntityRecord
 
 Returns the entity's record object by key,
 with its attributes mapped to their raw values.
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: Object with the entity's raw attributes.
 
-<a name="getRedoEdit" href="#getRedoEdit">#</a> **getRedoEdit**
+### getRedoEdit
 
 Returns the next edit from the current undo offset
 for the entity records edits history, if any.
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: The edit.
 
-<a name="getReferenceByDistinctEdits" href="#getReferenceByDistinctEdits">#</a> **getReferenceByDistinctEdits**
+### getReferenceByDistinctEdits
 
 Returns a new reference when edited values have changed. This is useful in
 inferring where an edit has been made between states by comparison of the
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `*`: A value whose reference will change only when an edit occurs.
 
-<a name="getThemeSupports" href="#getThemeSupports">#</a> **getThemeSupports**
+### getThemeSupports
 
 Return theme supports data in the index.
 
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `*`: Index data.
 
-<a name="getUndoEdit" href="#getUndoEdit">#</a> **getUndoEdit**
+### getUndoEdit
 
 Returns the previous edit from the current undo offset
 for the entity records edits history, if any.
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object?`: The edit.
 
-<a name="getUserQueryResults" href="#getUserQueryResults">#</a> **getUserQueryResults**
+### getUserQueryResults
 
 Returns all the users returned by a query ID.
 
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: Users list.
 
-<a name="hasEditsForEntityRecord" href="#hasEditsForEntityRecord">#</a> **hasEditsForEntityRecord**
+### hasEditsForEntityRecord
 
 Returns true if the specified entity record has edits,
 and false otherwise.
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the entity record has edits or not.
 
-<a name="hasEntityRecords" href="#hasEntityRecords">#</a> **hasEntityRecords**
+### hasEntityRecords
 
 Returns true if records have been received for the given set of parameters,
 or false otherwise.
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether entity records have been received.
 
-<a name="hasFetchedAutosaves" href="#hasFetchedAutosaves">#</a> **hasFetchedAutosaves**
+### hasFetchedAutosaves
 
 Returns true if the REST request for autosaves has completed.
 
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if the REST request was completed. False otherwise.
 
-<a name="hasRedo" href="#hasRedo">#</a> **hasRedo**
+### hasRedo
 
 Returns true if there is a next edit from the current undo offset
 for the entity records edits history, and false otherwise.
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether there is a next edit or not.
 
-<a name="hasUndo" href="#hasUndo">#</a> **hasUndo**
+### hasUndo
 
 Returns true if there is a previous edit from the current undo offset
 for the entity records edits history, and false otherwise.
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether there is a previous edit or not.
 
-<a name="isAutosavingEntityRecord" href="#isAutosavingEntityRecord">#</a> **isAutosavingEntityRecord**
+### isAutosavingEntityRecord
 
 Returns true if the specified entity record is autosaving, and false otherwise.
 
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the entity record is autosaving or not.
 
-<a name="isDeletingEntityRecord" href="#isDeletingEntityRecord">#</a> **isDeletingEntityRecord**
+### isDeletingEntityRecord
 
 Returns true if the specified entity record is deleting, and false otherwise.
 
@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the entity record is deleting or not.
 
-<a name="isPreviewEmbedFallback" href="#isPreviewEmbedFallback">#</a> **isPreviewEmbedFallback**
+### isPreviewEmbedFallback
 
 Determines if the returned preview is an oEmbed link fallback.
 
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Is the preview for the URL an oEmbed link fallback.
 
-<a name="isRequestingEmbedPreview" href="#isRequestingEmbedPreview">#</a> **isRequestingEmbedPreview**
+### isRequestingEmbedPreview
 
 Returns true if a request is in progress for embed preview data, or false
 otherwise.
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether a request is in progress for an embed preview.
 
-<a name="isSavingEntityRecord" href="#isSavingEntityRecord">#</a> **isSavingEntityRecord**
+### isSavingEntityRecord
 
 Returns true if the specified entity record is saving, and false otherwise.
 
@@ -745,7 +745,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the entity record is saving or not.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated selectors|src/selectors.js) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/core-data/src/batch/default-processor.js b/packages/core-data/src/batch/default-processor.js
index d459923218e12..34f38ff5c3d0d 100644
--- a/packages/core-data/src/batch/default-processor.js
+++ b/packages/core-data/src/batch/default-processor.js
@@ -1,10 +1,23 @@
+/**
+ * External dependencies
+ */
+import { chunk } from 'lodash';
+
 /**
  * WordPress dependencies
  */
 import apiFetch from '@wordpress/api-fetch';
 
 /**
- * Default batch processor. Sends its input requests to /v1/batch.
+ * Maximum number of requests to place in a single batch request. Obtained by
+ * sending a preflight OPTIONS request to /batch/v1/.
+ *
+ * @type {number?}
+ */
+let maxItems = null;
+
+/**
+ * Default batch processor. Sends its input requests to /batch/v1.
  *
  * @param {Array} requests List of API requests to perform at once.
  *
@@ -13,33 +26,51 @@ import apiFetch from '@wordpress/api-fetch';
  *                   (if not ).
  */
 export default async function defaultProcessor( requests ) {
-	const batchResponse = await apiFetch( {
-		path: '/batch/v1',
-		method: 'POST',
-		data: {
-			validation: 'require-all-validate',
-			requests: requests.map( ( request ) => ( {
-				path: request.path,
-				body: request.data, // Rename 'data' to 'body'.
-				method: request.method,
-				headers: request.headers,
-			} ) ),
-		},
-	} );
-
-	if ( batchResponse.failed ) {
-		return batchResponse.responses.map( ( response ) => ( {
-			error: response?.body,
-		} ) );
+	if ( maxItems === null ) {
+		const preflightResponse = await apiFetch( {
+			path: '/batch/v1',
+			method: 'OPTIONS',
+		} );
+		maxItems = preflightResponse.endpoints[ 0 ].args.requests.maxItems;
 	}
 
-	return batchResponse.responses.map( ( response ) => {
-		const result = {};
-		if ( response.status >= 200 && response.status < 300 ) {
-			result.output = response.body;
+	const results = [];
+
+	for ( const batchRequests of chunk( requests, maxItems ) ) {
+		const batchResponse = await apiFetch( {
+			path: '/batch/v1',
+			method: 'POST',
+			data: {
+				validation: 'require-all-validate',
+				requests: batchRequests.map( ( request ) => ( {
+					path: request.path,
+					body: request.data, // Rename 'data' to 'body'.
+					method: request.method,
+					headers: request.headers,
+				} ) ),
+			},
+		} );
+
+		let batchResults;
+
+		if ( batchResponse.failed ) {
+			batchResults = batchResponse.responses.map( ( response ) => ( {
+				error: response?.body,
+			} ) );
 		} else {
-			result.error = response.body;
+			batchResults = batchResponse.responses.map( ( response ) => {
+				const result = {};
+				if ( response.status >= 200 && response.status < 300 ) {
+					result.output = response.body;
+				} else {
+					result.error = response.body;
+				}
+				return result;
+			} );
 		}
-		return result;
-	} );
+
+		results.push( ...batchResults );
+	}
+
+	return results;
 }
diff --git a/packages/core-data/src/batch/test/default-processor.js b/packages/core-data/src/batch/test/default-processor.js
index c6d2515410b82..c712ecdff21aa 100644
--- a/packages/core-data/src/batch/test/default-processor.js
+++ b/packages/core-data/src/batch/test/default-processor.js
@@ -11,6 +11,18 @@ import defaultProcessor from '../default-processor';
 jest.mock( '@wordpress/api-fetch' );
 
 describe( 'defaultProcessor', () => {
+	const preflightResponse = {
+		endpoints: [
+			{
+				args: {
+					requests: {
+						maxItems: 25,
+					},
+				},
+			},
+		],
+	};
+
 	const requests = [
 		{
 			path: '/v1/cricketers',
@@ -26,7 +38,12 @@ describe( 'defaultProcessor', () => {
 		},
 	];
 
-	const expectedFetchOptions = {
+	const expectedPreflightOptions = {
+		path: '/batch/v1',
+		method: 'OPTIONS',
+	};
+
+	const expectedBatchOptions = {
 		path: '/batch/v1',
 		method: 'POST',
 		data: {
@@ -49,21 +66,26 @@ describe( 'defaultProcessor', () => {
 	};
 
 	it( 'handles a successful request', async () => {
-		apiFetch.mockImplementation( async () => ( {
-			failed: false,
-			responses: [
-				{
-					status: 200,
-					body: 'Lyon',
-				},
-				{
-					status: 400,
-					body: 'Error!',
-				},
-			],
-		} ) );
+		apiFetch.mockImplementation( async ( { method } ) =>
+			method === 'OPTIONS'
+				? preflightResponse
+				: {
+						failed: false,
+						responses: [
+							{
+								status: 200,
+								body: 'Lyon',
+							},
+							{
+								status: 400,
+								body: 'Error!',
+							},
+						],
+				  }
+		);
 		const results = await defaultProcessor( requests );
-		expect( apiFetch ).toHaveBeenCalledWith( expectedFetchOptions );
+		expect( apiFetch ).toHaveBeenCalledWith( expectedPreflightOptions );
+		expect( apiFetch ).toHaveBeenCalledWith( expectedBatchOptions );
 		expect( results ).toEqual( [
 			{ output: 'Lyon' },
 			{ error: 'Error!' },
@@ -71,18 +93,23 @@ describe( 'defaultProcessor', () => {
 	} );
 
 	it( 'handles a failed request', async () => {
-		apiFetch.mockImplementation( async () => ( {
-			failed: true,
-			responses: [
-				null,
-				{
-					status: 400,
-					body: 'Error!',
-				},
-			],
-		} ) );
+		apiFetch.mockImplementation( async ( { method } ) =>
+			method === 'OPTIONS'
+				? preflightResponse
+				: {
+						failed: true,
+						responses: [
+							null,
+							{
+								status: 400,
+								body: 'Error!',
+							},
+						],
+				  }
+		);
 		const results = await defaultProcessor( requests );
-		expect( apiFetch ).toHaveBeenCalledWith( expectedFetchOptions );
+		expect( apiFetch ).toHaveBeenCalledWith( expectedPreflightOptions );
+		expect( apiFetch ).toHaveBeenCalledWith( expectedBatchOptions );
 		expect( results ).toEqual( [
 			{ error: undefined },
 			{ error: 'Error!' },
diff --git a/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/customize-widgets/index.js b/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/customize-widgets/index.js
index 35a91cb89de66..d206108398283 100644
--- a/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/customize-widgets/index.js
+++ b/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/customize-widgets/index.js
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ import { SlotFillProvider, Popover } from '@wordpress/components';
 /**
  * Internal dependencies
  */
+import ErrorBoundary from '../error-boundary';
 import SidebarBlockEditor from '../sidebar-block-editor';
 import FocusControl from '../focus-control';
 import SidebarControls from '../sidebar-controls';
@@ -42,13 +43,15 @@ export default function CustomizeWidgets( {
 	const activeSidebar =
 		activeSidebarControl &&
 		createPortal(
-			<SidebarBlockEditor
-				key={ activeSidebarControl.id }
-				blockEditorSettings={ blockEditorSettings }
-				sidebar={ activeSidebarControl.sidebarAdapter }
-				inserter={ activeSidebarControl.inserter }
-				inspector={ activeSidebarControl.inspector }
-			/>,
+			<ErrorBoundary>
+				<SidebarBlockEditor
+					key={ activeSidebarControl.id }
+					blockEditorSettings={ blockEditorSettings }
+					sidebar={ activeSidebarControl.sidebarAdapter }
+					inserter={ activeSidebarControl.inserter }
+					inspector={ activeSidebarControl.inspector }
+				/>
+			</ErrorBoundary>,
 			activeSidebarControl.container[ 0 ]
 		);
 
diff --git a/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/error-boundary/index.js b/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/error-boundary/index.js
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..17047e7f546ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/error-boundary/index.js
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/**
+ * WordPress dependencies
+ */
+import { Component } from '@wordpress/element';
+import { __ } from '@wordpress/i18n';
+import { Button } from '@wordpress/components';
+import { Warning } from '@wordpress/block-editor';
+import { useCopyToClipboard } from '@wordpress/compose';
+
+function CopyButton( { text, children } ) {
+	const ref = useCopyToClipboard( text );
+	return (
+		<Button variant="secondary" ref={ ref }>
+			{ children }
+		</Button>
+	);
+}
+
+export default class ErrorBoundary extends Component {
+	constructor() {
+		super( ...arguments );
+		this.state = {
+			error: null,
+		};
+	}
+
+	componentDidCatch( error ) {
+		this.setState( { error } );
+	}
+
+	render() {
+		const { error } = this.state;
+		if ( ! error ) {
+			return this.props.children;
+		}
+
+		return (
+			<Warning
+				className="customize-widgets-error-boundary"
+				actions={ [
+					<CopyButton key="copy-error" text={ error.stack }>
+						{ __( 'Copy Error' ) }
+					</CopyButton>,
+				] }
+			>
+				{ __( 'The editor has encountered an unexpected error.' ) }
+			</Warning>
+		);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/inserter/index.js b/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/inserter/index.js
index 09ef6bdcb5611..01516947f6dab 100644
--- a/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/inserter/index.js
+++ b/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/inserter/index.js
@@ -5,13 +5,22 @@ import { __ } from '@wordpress/i18n';
 import { __experimentalLibrary as Library } from '@wordpress/block-editor';
 import { Button } from '@wordpress/components';
 import { useInstanceId } from '@wordpress/compose';
+import { useSelect } from '@wordpress/data';
 import { closeSmall } from '@wordpress/icons';
 
+/**
+ * Internal dependencies
+ */
+import { store as customizeWidgetsStore } from '../../store';
+
 function Inserter( { setIsOpened } ) {
 	const inserterTitleId = useInstanceId(
 		Inserter,
 		'customize-widget-layout__inserter-panel-title'
 	);
+	const insertionPoint = useSelect( ( select ) =>
+		select( customizeWidgetsStore ).__experimentalGetInsertionPoint()
+	);
 
 	return (
 		<div
@@ -34,6 +43,10 @@ function Inserter( { setIsOpened } ) {
 			</div>
 			<div className="customize-widgets-layout__inserter-panel-content">
 				<Library
+					rootClientId={ insertionPoint.rootClientId }
+					__experimentalInsertionIndex={
+						insertionPoint.insertionIndex
+					}
 					showInserterHelpPanel
 					onSelect={ () => setIsOpened( false ) }
 				/>
diff --git a/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/inserter/use-inserter.js b/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/inserter/use-inserter.js
index e4668dfbd5622..002f76c3b72cc 100644
--- a/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/inserter/use-inserter.js
+++ b/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/inserter/use-inserter.js
@@ -1,16 +1,27 @@
 /**
  * WordPress dependencies
  */
-import { useState, useEffect, useCallback } from '@wordpress/element';
+import { useEffect, useCallback } from '@wordpress/element';
+import { useSelect, useDispatch, select as selectStore } from '@wordpress/data';
+
+/**
+ * Internal dependencies
+ */
+import { store as customizeWidgetsStore } from '../../store';
 
 export default function useInserter( inserter ) {
-	const [ isInserterOpened, setIsInserterOpened ] = useState(
-		() => inserter.isOpen
+	const isInserterOpened = useSelect( ( select ) =>
+		select( customizeWidgetsStore ).isInserterOpened()
 	);
+	const { setIsInserterOpened } = useDispatch( customizeWidgetsStore );
 
 	useEffect( () => {
-		return inserter.subscribe( setIsInserterOpened );
-	}, [ inserter ] );
+		if ( isInserterOpened ) {
+			inserter.open();
+		} else {
+			inserter.close();
+		}
+	}, [ inserter, isInserterOpened ] );
 
 	return [
 		isInserterOpened,
@@ -18,16 +29,14 @@ export default function useInserter( inserter ) {
 			( updater ) => {
 				let isOpen = updater;
 				if ( typeof updater === 'function' ) {
-					isOpen = updater( inserter.isOpen );
+					isOpen = updater(
+						selectStore( customizeWidgetsStore ).isInserterOpened()
+					);
 				}
 
-				if ( isOpen ) {
-					inserter.open();
-				} else {
-					inserter.close();
-				}
+				setIsInserterOpened( isOpen );
 			},
-			[ inserter ]
+			[ setIsInserterOpened ]
 		),
 	];
 }
diff --git a/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/more-menu/index.js b/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/more-menu/index.js
index ea8a13bdf2047..3ddc71f510156 100644
--- a/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/more-menu/index.js
+++ b/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/more-menu/index.js
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ export default function MoreMenu() {
 								role="menuitem"
 								icon={ external }
 								href={ __(
-									'https://wordpress.org/support/article/wordpress-editor/'
+									'https://wordpress.org/support/article/block-based-widgets-editor/'
 								) }
 								target="_blank"
 								rel="noopener noreferrer"
diff --git a/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/sidebar-block-editor/index.js b/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/sidebar-block-editor/index.js
index 34e38c01e86c4..57f9fffde29fe 100644
--- a/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/sidebar-block-editor/index.js
+++ b/packages/customize-widgets/src/components/sidebar-block-editor/index.js
@@ -88,6 +88,7 @@ export default function SidebarBlockEditor( {
 		blockEditorSettings,
 		isFixedToolbarActive,
 		keepCaretInsideBlock,
+		setIsInserterOpened,
 	] );
 
 	if ( isWelcomeGuideActive ) {
diff --git a/packages/customize-widgets/src/controls/inserter-outer-section.js b/packages/customize-widgets/src/controls/inserter-outer-section.js
index 7091a695578e9..fa0af0971e20c 100644
--- a/packages/customize-widgets/src/controls/inserter-outer-section.js
+++ b/packages/customize-widgets/src/controls/inserter-outer-section.js
@@ -3,6 +3,12 @@
  */
 import { ESCAPE } from '@wordpress/keycodes';
 import { focus } from '@wordpress/dom';
+import { dispatch } from '@wordpress/data';
+
+/**
+ * Internal dependencies
+ */
+import { store as customizeWidgetsStore } from '../store';
 
 export default function getInserterOuterSection() {
 	const {
@@ -52,12 +58,13 @@ export default function getInserterOuterSection() {
 				'keydown',
 				( event ) => {
 					if (
-						this.isOpen &&
+						this.expanded() &&
 						( event.keyCode === ESCAPE || event.code === 'Escape' )
 					) {
 						event.stopPropagation();
-
-						this.close();
+						dispatch( customizeWidgetsStore ).setIsInserterOpened(
+							false
+						);
 					}
 				},
 				// Use capture mode to make this run before other event listeners.
@@ -65,20 +72,28 @@ export default function getInserterOuterSection() {
 			);
 
 			this.contentContainer.addClass( 'widgets-inserter' );
-		}
-		get isOpen() {
-			return this.expanded();
-		}
-		subscribe( handler ) {
-			this.expanded.bind( handler );
-			return () => this.expanded.unbind( handler );
+
+			// Set a flag if the state is being changed from open() or close().
+			// Don't propagate the event if it's an internal action to prevent infinite loop.
+			this.isFromInternalAction = false;
+			this.expanded.bind( () => {
+				if ( ! this.isFromInternalAction ) {
+					// Propagate the event to React to sync the state.
+					dispatch( customizeWidgetsStore ).setIsInserterOpened(
+						this.expanded()
+					);
+				}
+				this.isFromInternalAction = false;
+			} );
 		}
 		open() {
-			if ( ! this.isOpen ) {
+			if ( ! this.expanded() ) {
 				const contentContainer = this.contentContainer[ 0 ];
 				this.activeElementBeforeExpanded =
 					contentContainer.ownerDocument.activeElement;
 
+				this.isFromInternalAction = true;
+
 				this.expand( {
 					completeCallback() {
 						// We have to do this in a "completeCallback" or else the elements will not yet be visible/tabbable.
@@ -95,11 +110,13 @@ export default function getInserterOuterSection() {
 			}
 		}
 		close() {
-			if ( this.isOpen ) {
+			if ( this.expanded() ) {
 				const contentContainer = this.contentContainer[ 0 ];
 				const activeElement =
 					contentContainer.ownerDocument.activeElement;
 
+				this.isFromInternalAction = true;
+
 				this.collapse( {
 					completeCallback() {
 						// Return back the focus when closing the inserter.
diff --git a/packages/customize-widgets/src/controls/sidebar-control.js b/packages/customize-widgets/src/controls/sidebar-control.js
index d980832f44d05..d45a7abd44cd2 100644
--- a/packages/customize-widgets/src/controls/sidebar-control.js
+++ b/packages/customize-widgets/src/controls/sidebar-control.js
@@ -1,8 +1,14 @@
+/**
+ * WordPress dependencies
+ */
+import { dispatch } from '@wordpress/data';
+
 /**
  * Internal dependencies
  */
 import SidebarAdapter from '../components/sidebar-block-editor/sidebar-adapter';
 import getInserterOuterSection from './inserter-outer-section';
+import { store as customizeWidgetsStore } from '../store';
 
 const getInserterId = ( controlId ) => `widgets-inserter-${ controlId }`;
 
@@ -45,7 +51,9 @@ export default function getSidebarControl() {
 			if ( ! args.unchanged ) {
 				// Close the inserter when the section collapses.
 				if ( ! expanded ) {
-					this.inserter.close();
+					dispatch( customizeWidgetsStore ).setIsInserterOpened(
+						false
+					);
 				}
 
 				this.subscribers.forEach( ( subscriber ) =>
diff --git a/packages/customize-widgets/src/controls/sidebar-section.js b/packages/customize-widgets/src/controls/sidebar-section.js
index 4d1b00ed716ed..a30f4c242b035 100644
--- a/packages/customize-widgets/src/controls/sidebar-section.js
+++ b/packages/customize-widgets/src/controls/sidebar-section.js
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ export default function getSidebarSection() {
 				..._args,
 				completeCallback() {
 					controls.forEach( ( control ) => {
-						control.onChangeSectionExpanded( expanded, args );
+						control.onChangeSectionExpanded?.( expanded, args );
 					} );
 					_args.completeCallback?.();
 				},
diff --git a/packages/customize-widgets/src/store/actions.js b/packages/customize-widgets/src/store/actions.js
index b156e1e3bbead..e1ee14b4682d7 100644
--- a/packages/customize-widgets/src/store/actions.js
+++ b/packages/customize-widgets/src/store/actions.js
@@ -15,3 +15,22 @@ export function __unstableToggleFeature( feature ) {
 		feature,
 	};
 }
+
+/**
+ * Returns an action object used to open/close the inserter.
+ *
+ * @param {boolean|Object} value                Whether the inserter should be
+ *                                              opened (true) or closed (false).
+ *                                              To specify an insertion point,
+ *                                              use an object.
+ * @param {string}         value.rootClientId   The root client ID to insert at.
+ * @param {number}         value.insertionIndex The index to insert at.
+ *
+ * @return {Object} Action object.
+ */
+export function setIsInserterOpened( value ) {
+	return {
+		type: 'SET_IS_INSERTER_OPENED',
+		value,
+	};
+}
diff --git a/packages/customize-widgets/src/store/reducer.js b/packages/customize-widgets/src/store/reducer.js
index b3087affe1154..28bfe6fa8cf25 100644
--- a/packages/customize-widgets/src/store/reducer.js
+++ b/packages/customize-widgets/src/store/reducer.js
@@ -25,6 +25,20 @@ const createWithInitialState = ( initialState ) => ( reducer ) => {
 	return ( state = initialState, action ) => reducer( state, action );
 };
 
+/**
+ * Reducer tracking whether the inserter is open.
+ *
+ * @param {boolean|Object} state
+ * @param {Object}         action
+ */
+function blockInserterPanel( state = false, action ) {
+	switch ( action.type ) {
+		case 'SET_IS_INSERTER_OPENED':
+			return action.value;
+	}
+	return state;
+}
+
 /**
  * Reducer returning the user preferences.
  *
@@ -50,5 +64,6 @@ export const preferences = flow( [
 } );
 
 export default combineReducers( {
+	blockInserterPanel,
 	preferences,
 } );
diff --git a/packages/customize-widgets/src/store/selectors.js b/packages/customize-widgets/src/store/selectors.js
index cc546ec6e5a7e..855bb17780b62 100644
--- a/packages/customize-widgets/src/store/selectors.js
+++ b/packages/customize-widgets/src/store/selectors.js
@@ -18,3 +18,26 @@ import { get } from 'lodash';
 export function __unstableIsFeatureActive( state, feature ) {
 	return get( state.preferences.features, [ feature ], false );
 }
+
+/**
+ * Returns true if the inserter is opened.
+ *
+ * @param {Object} state Global application state.
+ *
+ * @return {boolean} Whether the inserter is opened.
+ */
+export function isInserterOpened( state ) {
+	return !! state.blockInserterPanel;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the insertion point for the inserter.
+ *
+ * @param {Object} state Global application state.
+ *
+ * @return {Object} The root client ID and index to insert at.
+ */
+export function __experimentalGetInsertionPoint( state ) {
+	const { rootClientId, insertionIndex } = state.blockInserterPanel;
+	return { rootClientId, insertionIndex };
+}
diff --git a/packages/data-controls/README.md b/packages/data-controls/README.md
index 561a621d75597..3089cf5c2a4c3 100644
--- a/packages/data-controls/README.md
+++ b/packages/data-controls/README.md
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ The following controls are available on the object returned by the module:
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="apiFetch" href="#apiFetch">#</a> **apiFetch**
+### apiFetch
 
 Dispatches a control action for triggering an api fetch call.
 
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: The control descriptor.
 
-<a name="controls" href="#controls">#</a> **controls**
+### controls
 
 The default export is what you use to register the controls with your custom
 store.
@@ -64,11 +64,11 @@ import * as actions from './actions';
 import * as resolvers from './resolvers';
 
 registerStore( 'my-custom-store', {
-reducer,
-controls,
-actions,
-selectors,
-resolvers,
+	reducer,
+	controls,
+	actions,
+	selectors,
+	resolvers,
 } );
 ```
 
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: An object for registering the default controls with the store.
 
-<a name="dispatch" href="#dispatch">#</a> **dispatch**
+### dispatch
 
 Control for dispatching an action in a registered data store.
 Alias for the `dispatch` control in the `@wordpress/data` package.
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _args_ `Array`: Arguments passed without change to the `@wordpress/data` control.
 
-<a name="select" href="#select">#</a> **select**
+### select
 
 Control for resolving a selector in a registered data store.
 Alias for the `resolveSelect` built-in control in the `@wordpress/data` package.
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _args_ `Array`: Arguments passed without change to the `@wordpress/data` control.
 
-<a name="syncSelect" href="#syncSelect">#</a> **syncSelect**
+### syncSelect
 
 Control for calling a selector in a registered data store.
 Alias for the `select` built-in control in the `@wordpress/data` package.
@@ -103,5 +103,4 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _args_ `Array`: Arguments passed without change to the `@wordpress/data` control.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
diff --git a/packages/data/README.md b/packages/data/README.md
index 7e2584639cf8d..bd6a5ce50cffc 100644
--- a/packages/data/README.md
+++ b/packages/data/README.md
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Specific implementation differences from Redux and React Redux:
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="AsyncModeProvider" href="#AsyncModeProvider">#</a> **AsyncModeProvider**
+### AsyncModeProvider
 
 Context Provider Component used to switch the data module component rerendering
 between Sync and Async modes.
@@ -275,19 +275,19 @@ _Usage_
 import { useSelect, AsyncModeProvider } from '@wordpress/data';
 
 function BlockCount() {
-  const count = useSelect( ( select ) => {
-    return select( 'core/block-editor' ).getBlockCount()
-  }, [] );
+	const count = useSelect( ( select ) => {
+		return select( 'core/block-editor' ).getBlockCount();
+	}, [] );
 
-  return count;
+	return count;
 }
 
 function App() {
-  return (
-    <AsyncModeProvider value={ true }>
-      <BlockCount />
-    </AsyncModeProvider>
-  );
+	return (
+		<AsyncModeProvider value={ true }>
+			<BlockCount />
+		</AsyncModeProvider>
+	);
 }
 ```
 
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPComponent`: The component to be rendered.
 
-<a name="combineReducers" href="#combineReducers">#</a> **combineReducers**
+### combineReducers
 
 The combineReducers helper function turns an object whose values are different
 reducing functions into a single reducing function you can pass to registerReducer.
@@ -315,18 +315,16 @@ _Usage_
 import { combineReducers, createReduxStore, register } from '@wordpress/data';
 
 const prices = ( state = {}, action ) => {
-	return action.type === 'SET_PRICE' ?
-		{
-			...state,
-			[ action.item ]: action.price,
-		} :
-		state;
+	return action.type === 'SET_PRICE'
+		? {
+				...state,
+				[ action.item ]: action.price,
+		  }
+		: state;
 };
 
 const discountPercent = ( state = 0, action ) => {
-	return action.type === 'START_SALE' ?
-		action.discountPercent :
-		state;
+	return action.type === 'START_SALE' ? action.discountPercent : state;
 };
 
 const store = createReduxStore( 'my-shop', {
@@ -346,11 +344,11 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: A reducer that invokes every reducer inside the reducers object, and constructs a state object with the same shape.
 
-<a name="controls" href="#controls">#</a> **controls**
+### controls
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="createReduxStore" href="#createReduxStore">#</a> **createReduxStore**
+### createReduxStore
 
 Creates a data store definition for the provided Redux store options containing
 properties describing reducer, actions, selectors, controls and resolvers.
@@ -361,10 +359,10 @@ _Usage_
 import { createReduxStore } from '@wordpress/data';
 
 const store = createReduxStore( 'demo', {
-    reducer: ( state = 'OK' ) => state,
-    selectors: {
-        getValue: ( state ) => state,
-    },
+	reducer: ( state = 'OK' ) => state,
+	selectors: {
+		getValue: ( state ) => state,
+	},
 } );
 ```
 
@@ -377,7 +375,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPDataStore`: Store Object.
 
-<a name="createRegistry" href="#createRegistry">#</a> **createRegistry**
+### createRegistry
 
 Creates a new store registry, given an optional object of initial store
 configurations.
@@ -391,19 +389,19 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPDataRegistry`: Data registry.
 
-<a name="createRegistryControl" href="#createRegistryControl">#</a> **createRegistryControl**
+### createRegistryControl
 
 Creates a control function that takes additional curried argument with the `registry` object.
 While a regular control has signature
 
 ```js
-( action ) => ( iteratorOrPromise )
+( action ) => iteratorOrPromise;
 ```
 
 where the control works with the `action` that it's bound to, a registry control has signature:
 
 ```js
-( registry ) => ( action ) => ( iteratorOrPromise )
+( registry ) => ( action ) => iteratorOrPromise;
 ```
 
 A registry control is typically used to select data or dispatch an action to a registered
@@ -420,20 +418,20 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: Registry control that can be registered with a store.
 
-<a name="createRegistrySelector" href="#createRegistrySelector">#</a> **createRegistrySelector**
+### createRegistrySelector
 
 Creates a selector function that takes additional curried argument with the
 registry `select` function. While a regular selector has signature
 
 ```js
-( state, ...selectorArgs ) => ( result )
+( state, ...selectorArgs ) => result;
 ```
 
 that allows to select data from the store's `state`, a registry selector
 has signature:
 
 ```js
-( select ) => ( state, ...selectorArgs ) => ( result )
+( select ) => ( state, ...selectorArgs ) => result;
 ```
 
 that supports also selecting from other registered stores.
@@ -442,14 +440,18 @@ _Usage_
 
 ```js
 const getCurrentPostId = createRegistrySelector( ( select ) => ( state ) => {
-  return select( 'core/editor' ).getCurrentPostId();
+	return select( 'core/editor' ).getCurrentPostId();
 } );
 
 const getPostEdits = createRegistrySelector( ( select ) => ( state ) => {
-  // calling another registry selector just like any other function
-  const postType = getCurrentPostType( state );
-  const postId = getCurrentPostId( state );
- return select( 'core' ).getEntityRecordEdits( 'postType', postType, postId );
+	// calling another registry selector just like any other function
+	const postType = getCurrentPostType( state );
+	const postId = getCurrentPostId( state );
+	return select( 'core' ).getEntityRecordEdits(
+		'postType',
+		postType,
+		postId
+	);
 } );
 ```
 
@@ -466,7 +468,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: Registry selector that can be registered with a store.
 
-<a name="dispatch" href="#dispatch">#</a> **dispatch**
+### dispatch
 
 Given the name of a registered store, returns an object of the store's action creators.
 Calling an action creator will cause it to be dispatched, updating the state value accordingly.
@@ -490,7 +492,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Object containing the action creators.
 
-<a name="plugins" href="#plugins">#</a> **plugins**
+### plugins
 
 Object of available plugins to use with a registry.
 
@@ -502,7 +504,7 @@ _Type_
 
 -   `Object`
 
-<a name="register" href="#register">#</a> **register**
+### register
 
 Registers a standard `@wordpress/data` store definition.
 
@@ -512,10 +514,10 @@ _Usage_
 import { createReduxStore, register } from '@wordpress/data';
 
 const store = createReduxStore( 'demo', {
-    reducer: ( state = 'OK' ) => state,
-    selectors: {
-        getValue: ( state ) => state,
-    },
+	reducer: ( state = 'OK' ) => state,
+	selectors: {
+		getValue: ( state ) => state,
+	},
 } );
 register( store );
 ```
@@ -524,7 +526,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _store_ `WPDataStore`: Store definition.
 
-<a name="registerGenericStore" href="#registerGenericStore">#</a> **registerGenericStore**
+### registerGenericStore
 
 > **Deprecated** Use `register` instead.
 
@@ -535,7 +537,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _key_ `string`: Store registry key.
 -   _config_ `Object`: Configuration (getSelectors, getActions, subscribe).
 
-<a name="registerStore" href="#registerStore">#</a> **registerStore**
+### registerStore
 
 > **Deprecated** Use `register` instead.
 
@@ -550,7 +552,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Registered store object.
 
-<a name="RegistryConsumer" href="#RegistryConsumer">#</a> **RegistryConsumer**
+### RegistryConsumer
 
 A custom react Context consumer exposing the provided `registry` to
 children components. Used along with the RegistryProvider.
@@ -583,7 +585,7 @@ const App = ( { props } ) => {
 }
 ```
 
-<a name="RegistryProvider" href="#RegistryProvider">#</a> **RegistryProvider**
+### RegistryProvider
 
 A custom Context provider for exposing the provided `registry` to children
 components via a consumer.
@@ -591,7 +593,7 @@ components via a consumer.
 See <a name="#RegistryConsumer">RegistryConsumer</a> documentation for
 example.
 
-<a name="resolveSelect" href="#resolveSelect">#</a> **resolveSelect**
+### resolveSelect
 
 Given the name of a registered store, returns an object containing the store's
 selectors pre-bound to state so that you only need to supply additional arguments,
@@ -603,7 +605,7 @@ _Usage_
 ```js
 import { resolveSelect } from '@wordpress/data';
 
-resolveSelect( 'my-shop' ).getPrice( 'hammer' ).then(console.log)
+resolveSelect( 'my-shop' ).getPrice( 'hammer' ).then( console.log );
 ```
 
 _Parameters_
@@ -614,7 +616,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Object containing the store's promise-wrapped selectors.
 
-<a name="select" href="#select">#</a> **select**
+### select
 
 Given the name or definition of a registered store, returns an object of the store's selectors.
 The selector functions are been pre-bound to pass the current state automatically.
@@ -636,7 +638,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Object containing the store's selectors.
 
-<a name="subscribe" href="#subscribe">#</a> **subscribe**
+### subscribe
 
 Given a listener function, the function will be called any time the state value
 of one of the registered stores has changed. This function returns a `unsubscribe`
@@ -660,7 +662,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _listener_ `Function`: Callback function.
 
-<a name="use" href="#use">#</a> **use**
+### use
 
 Extends a registry to inherit functionality provided by a given plugin. A
 plugin is an object with properties aligning to that of a registry, merged
@@ -670,7 +672,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _plugin_ `Object`: Plugin object.
 
-<a name="useDispatch" href="#useDispatch">#</a> **useDispatch**
+### useDispatch
 
 A custom react hook returning the current registry dispatch actions creators.
 
@@ -688,21 +690,25 @@ import { useDispatch, useSelect } from '@wordpress/data';
 import { useCallback } from '@wordpress/element';
 
 function Button( { onClick, children } ) {
-  return <button type="button" onClick={ onClick }>{ children }</button>
+	return (
+		<button type="button" onClick={ onClick }>
+			{ children }
+		</button>
+	);
 }
 
 const SaleButton = ( { children } ) => {
-  const { stockNumber } = useSelect(
-    ( select ) => select( 'my-shop' ).getStockNumber(),
-    []
-  );
-  const { startSale } = useDispatch( 'my-shop' );
-  const onClick = useCallback( () => {
-    const discountPercent = stockNumber > 50 ? 10: 20;
-    startSale( discountPercent );
-  }, [ stockNumber ] );
-  return <Button onClick={ onClick }>{ children }</Button>
-}
+	const { stockNumber } = useSelect(
+		( select ) => select( 'my-shop' ).getStockNumber(),
+		[]
+	);
+	const { startSale } = useDispatch( 'my-shop' );
+	const onClick = useCallback( () => {
+		const discountPercent = stockNumber > 50 ? 10 : 20;
+		startSale( discountPercent );
+	}, [ stockNumber ] );
+	return <Button onClick={ onClick }>{ children }</Button>;
+};
 
 // Rendered somewhere in the application:
 //
@@ -717,7 +723,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: A custom react hook.
 
-<a name="useRegistry" href="#useRegistry">#</a> **useRegistry**
+### useRegistry
 
 A custom react hook exposing the registry context for use.
 
@@ -729,30 +735,27 @@ It acts similarly to the `useContext` react hook.
 
 Note: Generally speaking, `useRegistry` is a low level hook that in most cases
 won't be needed for implementation. Most interactions with the `@wordpress/data`
-API can be performed via the `useSelect` hook,  or the `withSelect` and
+API can be performed via the `useSelect` hook, or the `withSelect` and
 `withDispatch` higher order components.
 
 _Usage_
 
 ```js
-import {
-  RegistryProvider,
-  createRegistry,
-  useRegistry,
-} from '@wordpress/data';
+import { RegistryProvider, createRegistry, useRegistry } from '@wordpress/data';
 
 const registry = createRegistry( {} );
 
 const SomeChildUsingRegistry = ( props ) => {
-  const registry = useRegistry( registry );
-  // ...logic implementing the registry in other react hooks.
+	const registry = useRegistry( registry );
+	// ...logic implementing the registry in other react hooks.
 };
 
-
 const ParentProvidingRegistry = ( props ) => {
-  return <RegistryProvider value={ registry }>
-    <SomeChildUsingRegistry { ...props } />
-  </RegistryProvider>
+	return (
+		<RegistryProvider value={ registry }>
+			<SomeChildUsingRegistry { ...props } />
+		</RegistryProvider>
+	);
 };
 ```
 
@@ -760,7 +763,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: A custom react hook exposing the registry context value.
 
-<a name="useSelect" href="#useSelect">#</a> **useSelect**
+### useSelect
 
 Custom react hook for retrieving props from registered selectors.
 
@@ -773,13 +776,16 @@ _Usage_
 import { useSelect } from '@wordpress/data';
 
 function HammerPriceDisplay( { currency } ) {
-  const price = useSelect( ( select ) => {
-    return select( 'my-shop' ).getPrice( 'hammer', currency )
-  }, [ currency ] );
-  return new Intl.NumberFormat( 'en-US', {
-    style: 'currency',
-    currency,
-  } ).format( price );
+	const price = useSelect(
+		( select ) => {
+			return select( 'my-shop' ).getPrice( 'hammer', currency );
+		},
+		[ currency ]
+	);
+	return new Intl.NumberFormat( 'en-US', {
+		style: 'currency',
+		currency,
+	} ).format( price );
 }
 
 // Rendered in the application:
@@ -803,12 +809,12 @@ function because your component won't re-render on a data change.**
 import { useSelect } from '@wordpress/data';
 
 function Paste( { children } ) {
-  const { getSettings } = useSelect( 'my-shop' );
-  function onPaste() {
-    // Do something with the settings.
-    const settings = getSettings();
-  }
-  return <div onPaste={ onPaste }>{ children }</div>;
+	const { getSettings } = useSelect( 'my-shop' );
+	function onPaste() {
+		// Do something with the settings.
+		const settings = getSettings();
+	}
+	return <div onPaste={ onPaste }>{ children }</div>;
 }
 ```
 
@@ -821,7 +827,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: A custom react hook.
 
-<a name="withDispatch" href="#withDispatch">#</a> **withDispatch**
+### withDispatch
 
 Higher-order component used to add dispatch props using registered action
 creators.
@@ -830,20 +836,24 @@ _Usage_
 
 ```jsx
 function Button( { onClick, children } ) {
-    return <button type="button" onClick={ onClick }>{ children }</button>;
+	return (
+		<button type="button" onClick={ onClick }>
+			{ children }
+		</button>
+	);
 }
 
 import { withDispatch } from '@wordpress/data';
 
 const SaleButton = withDispatch( ( dispatch, ownProps ) => {
-    const { startSale } = dispatch( 'my-shop' );
-    const { discountPercent } = ownProps;
-
-    return {
-        onClick() {
-            startSale( discountPercent );
-        },
-    };
+	const { startSale } = dispatch( 'my-shop' );
+	const { discountPercent } = ownProps;
+
+	return {
+		onClick() {
+			startSale( discountPercent );
+		},
+	};
 } )( Button );
 
 // Rendered in the application:
@@ -866,21 +876,25 @@ only.
 
 ```jsx
 function Button( { onClick, children } ) {
-    return <button type="button" onClick={ onClick }>{ children }</button>;
+	return (
+		<button type="button" onClick={ onClick }>
+			{ children }
+		</button>
+	);
 }
 
 import { withDispatch } from '@wordpress/data';
 
 const SaleButton = withDispatch( ( dispatch, ownProps, { select } ) => {
-   // Stock number changes frequently.
-   const { getStockNumber } = select( 'my-shop' );
-   const { startSale } = dispatch( 'my-shop' );
-   return {
-       onClick() {
-           const discountPercent = getStockNumber() > 50 ? 10 : 20;
-           startSale( discountPercent );
-       },
-   };
+	// Stock number changes frequently.
+	const { getStockNumber } = select( 'my-shop' );
+	const { startSale } = dispatch( 'my-shop' );
+	return {
+		onClick() {
+			const discountPercent = getStockNumber() > 50 ? 10 : 20;
+			startSale( discountPercent );
+		},
+	};
 } )( Button );
 
 // Rendered in the application:
@@ -900,7 +914,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPComponent`: Enhanced component with merged dispatcher props.
 
-<a name="withRegistry" href="#withRegistry">#</a> **withRegistry**
+### withRegistry
 
 Higher-order component which renders the original component with the current
 registry context passed as its `registry` prop.
@@ -913,7 +927,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPComponent`: Enhanced component.
 
-<a name="withSelect" href="#withSelect">#</a> **withSelect**
+### withSelect
 
 Higher-order component used to inject state-derived props using registered
 selectors.
@@ -957,7 +971,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPComponent`: Enhanced component with merged state data props.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 ## Going further
diff --git a/packages/date/README.md b/packages/date/README.md
index 7e1488f8c18b3..3f6c266aa5b59 100644
--- a/packages/date/README.md
+++ b/packages/date/README.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ _This package assumes that your code will run in an **ES2015+** environment. If
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="date" href="#date">#</a> **date**
+### date
 
 Formats a date (like `date()` in PHP).
 
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Formatted date in English.
 
-<a name="dateI18n" href="#dateI18n">#</a> **dateI18n**
+### dateI18n
 
 Formats a date (like `wp_date()` in PHP), translating it into site's locale.
 
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Formatted date.
 
-<a name="format" href="#format">#</a> **format**
+### format
 
 Formats a date. Does not alter the date's timezone.
 
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Formatted date.
 
-<a name="getDate" href="#getDate">#</a> **getDate**
+### getDate
 
 Create and return a JavaScript Date Object from a date string in the WP timezone.
 
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Date`: Date
 
-<a name="gmdate" href="#gmdate">#</a> **gmdate**
+### gmdate
 
 Formats a date (like `date()` in PHP), in the UTC timezone.
 
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Formatted date in English.
 
-<a name="gmdateI18n" href="#gmdateI18n">#</a> **gmdateI18n**
+### gmdateI18n
 
 Formats a date (like `wp_date()` in PHP), translating it into site's locale
 and using the UTC timezone.
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Formatted date.
 
-<a name="isInTheFuture" href="#isInTheFuture">#</a> **isInTheFuture**
+### isInTheFuture
 
 Check whether a date is considered in the future according to the WordPress settings.
 
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Is in the future.
 
-<a name="setSettings" href="#setSettings">#</a> **setSettings**
+### setSettings
 
 Adds a locale to moment, using the format supplied by `wp_localize_script()`.
 
@@ -129,7 +129,6 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _dateSettings_ `DateSettings`: Settings, including locale data.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/deprecated/README.md b/packages/deprecated/README.md
index 2578199dded9d..22fa761c8b942 100644
--- a/packages/deprecated/README.md
+++ b/packages/deprecated/README.md
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ addAction(
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="default" href="#default">#</a> **default**
+### default
 
 Logs a message to notify developers about a deprecated feature.
 
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _options.link_ `[string]`: Link to documentation
 -   _options.hint_ `[string]`: Additional message to help transition away from the deprecated feature.
 
-<a name="logged" href="#logged">#</a> **logged**
+### logged
 
 Object map tracking messages which have been logged, for use in ensuring a
 message is only logged once.
@@ -76,7 +76,6 @@ _Type_
 
 -   `Record<string, true | undefined>`
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/docgen/lib/markdown/formatter.js b/packages/docgen/lib/markdown/formatter.js
index 1a3a7894d56f2..a2fcbd081c20a 100644
--- a/packages/docgen/lib/markdown/formatter.js
+++ b/packages/docgen/lib/markdown/formatter.js
@@ -59,10 +59,6 @@ const getHeading = ( index, text ) => {
 	return '#'.repeat( index ) + ' ' + text;
 };
 
-const getSymbolHeading = ( text ) => {
-	return `<a name="${ text }" href="#${ text }">#</a> **${ text }**`;
-};
-
 const getTypeOutput = ( tag ) => {
 	if ( tag.optional ) {
 		return `\`[${ tag.type }]\``;
@@ -98,7 +94,7 @@ module.exports = (
 	} );
 	if ( symbols && symbols.length > 0 ) {
 		symbols.forEach( ( symbol ) => {
-			docs.push( getSymbolHeading( symbol.name ) );
+			docs.push( getHeading( headingIndex, symbol.name ) );
 			formatDeprecated(
 				getSymbolTagsByName( symbol, 'deprecated' ),
 				docs
diff --git a/packages/docgen/test/formatter-markdown.js b/packages/docgen/test/formatter-markdown.js
index eedad6bf018cf..b2904d4247e82 100644
--- a/packages/docgen/test/formatter-markdown.js
+++ b/packages/docgen/test/formatter-markdown.js
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ describe( 'Formatter', () => {
 			'API docs'
 		);
 		expect( docs ).toBe(
-			'# API docs\n\n<a name="myDeclaration" href="#myDeclaration">#</a> **myDeclaration**\n\nMy declaration example.\n\n*Parameters*\n\n- *firstParam* `number`: First declaration parameter.\n\n*Returns*\n\n- `number`: The result of the declaration.\n'
+			'# API docs\n\n## myDeclaration\n\nMy declaration example.\n\n*Parameters*\n\n- *firstParam* `number`: First declaration parameter.\n\n*Returns*\n\n- `number`: The result of the declaration.\n'
 		);
 	} );
 } );
diff --git a/packages/dom-ready/README.md b/packages/dom-ready/README.md
index 92c09bc33bbd0..08ca78f382c75 100644
--- a/packages/dom-ready/README.md
+++ b/packages/dom-ready/README.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ _This package assumes that your code will run in an **ES2015+** environment. If
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="default" href="#default">#</a> **default**
+### default
 
 Specify a function to execute when the DOM is fully loaded.
 
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ _Usage_
 ```js
 import domReady from '@wordpress/dom-ready';
 
-domReady( function() {
+domReady( function () {
 	//do something after DOM loads.
 } );
 ```
@@ -36,8 +36,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 _Returns_
 
--   `void`: 
-
+-   `void`:
 
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
diff --git a/packages/dom/README.md b/packages/dom/README.md
index 3279aaed867e2..e6378ae8c98d7 100644
--- a/packages/dom/README.md
+++ b/packages/dom/README.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ npm install @wordpress/dom --save
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="computeCaretRect" href="#computeCaretRect">#</a> **computeCaretRect**
+### computeCaretRect
 
 Get the rectangle for the selection in a container.
 
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `DOMRect | null`: The rectangle.
 
-<a name="documentHasSelection" href="#documentHasSelection">#</a> **documentHasSelection**
+### documentHasSelection
 
 Check whether the current document has a selection. This checks for both
 focus in an input field and general text selection.
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if there is selection, false if not.
 
-<a name="documentHasTextSelection" href="#documentHasTextSelection">#</a> **documentHasTextSelection**
+### documentHasTextSelection
 
 Check whether the current document has selected text. This applies to ranges
 of text in the document, and not selection inside <input> and <textarea>
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if there is selection, false if not.
 
-<a name="documentHasUncollapsedSelection" href="#documentHasUncollapsedSelection">#</a> **documentHasUncollapsedSelection**
+### documentHasUncollapsedSelection
 
 Check whether the current document has any sort of selection. This includes
 ranges of text across elements and any selection inside <input> and
@@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether there is any sort of "selection" in the document.
 
-<a name="focus" href="#focus">#</a> **focus**
+### focus
 
 Object grouping `focusable` and `tabbable` utils
 under the keys with the same name.
 
-<a name="getFilesFromDataTransfer" href="#getFilesFromDataTransfer">#</a> **getFilesFromDataTransfer**
+### getFilesFromDataTransfer
 
 Gets all files from a DataTransfer object.
 
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `File[]`: An array containing all files.
 
-<a name="getOffsetParent" href="#getOffsetParent">#</a> **getOffsetParent**
+### getOffsetParent
 
 Returns the closest positioned element, or null under any of the conditions
 of the offsetParent specification. Unlike offsetParent, this function is not
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Node | null`: Offset parent.
 
-<a name="getPhrasingContentSchema" href="#getPhrasingContentSchema">#</a> **getPhrasingContentSchema**
+### getPhrasingContentSchema
 
 Get schema of possible paths for phrasing content.
 
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Partial<ContentSchema>`: Schema.
 
-<a name="getRectangleFromRange" href="#getRectangleFromRange">#</a> **getRectangleFromRange**
+### getRectangleFromRange
 
 Get the rectangle of a given Range.
 
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `DOMRect`: The rectangle.
 
-<a name="getScrollContainer" href="#getScrollContainer">#</a> **getScrollContainer**
+### getScrollContainer
 
 Given a DOM node, finds the closest scrollable container node.
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Element | undefined`: Scrollable container node, if found.
 
-<a name="insertAfter" href="#insertAfter">#</a> **insertAfter**
+### insertAfter
 
 Given two DOM nodes, inserts the former in the DOM as the next sibling of
 the latter.
@@ -156,9 +156,9 @@ _Parameters_
 
 _Returns_
 
--   `void`: 
+-   `void`:
 
-<a name="isEmpty" href="#isEmpty">#</a> **isEmpty**
+### isEmpty
 
 Recursively checks if an element is empty. An element is not empty if it
 contains text or contains elements with attributes such as images.
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether or not the element is empty.
 
-<a name="isEntirelySelected" href="#isEntirelySelected">#</a> **isEntirelySelected**
+### isEntirelySelected
 
 Check whether the contents of the element have been entirely selected.
 Returns true if there is no possibility of selection.
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if entirely selected, false if not.
 
-<a name="isHorizontalEdge" href="#isHorizontalEdge">#</a> **isHorizontalEdge**
+### isHorizontalEdge
 
 Check whether the selection is horizontally at the edge of the container.
 
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if at the horizontal edge, false if not.
 
-<a name="isNumberInput" href="#isNumberInput">#</a> **isNumberInput**
+### isNumberInput
 
 Check whether the given element is an input field of type number
 and has a valueAsNumber
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `node is HTMLInputElement`: True if the node is input and holds a number.
 
-<a name="isPhrasingContent" href="#isPhrasingContent">#</a> **isPhrasingContent**
+### isPhrasingContent
 
 Find out whether or not the given node is phrasing content.
 
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if phrasing content, false if not.
 
-<a name="isRTL" href="#isRTL">#</a> **isRTL**
+### isRTL
 
 Whether the element's text direction is right-to-left.
 
@@ -238,17 +238,17 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if rtl, false if ltr.
 
-<a name="isTextContent" href="#isTextContent">#</a> **isTextContent**
+### isTextContent
 
 _Parameters_
 
--   _node_ `Node`: 
+-   _node_ `Node`:
 
 _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Node is text content
 
-<a name="isTextField" href="#isTextField">#</a> **isTextField**
+### isTextField
 
 Check whether the given element is a text field, where text field is defined
 by the ability to select within the input, or that it is contenteditable.
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `node is HTMLElement`: True if the element is an text field, false if not.
 
-<a name="isVerticalEdge" href="#isVerticalEdge">#</a> **isVerticalEdge**
+### isVerticalEdge
 
 Check whether the selection is vertically at the edge of the container.
 
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if at the vertical edge, false if not.
 
-<a name="placeCaretAtHorizontalEdge" href="#placeCaretAtHorizontalEdge">#</a> **placeCaretAtHorizontalEdge**
+### placeCaretAtHorizontalEdge
 
 Places the caret at start or end of a given element.
 
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _container_ `HTMLElement`: Focusable element.
 -   _isReverse_ `boolean`: True for end, false for start.
 
-<a name="placeCaretAtVerticalEdge" href="#placeCaretAtVerticalEdge">#</a> **placeCaretAtVerticalEdge**
+### placeCaretAtVerticalEdge
 
 Places the caret at the top or bottom of a given element.
 
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _rect_ `[DOMRect]`: The rectangle to position the caret with.
 -   _mayUseScroll_ `[boolean]`: True to allow scrolling, false to disallow.
 
-<a name="remove" href="#remove">#</a> **remove**
+### remove
 
 Given a DOM node, removes it from the DOM.
 
@@ -306,9 +306,9 @@ _Parameters_
 
 _Returns_
 
--   `void`: 
+-   `void`:
 
-<a name="removeInvalidHTML" href="#removeInvalidHTML">#</a> **removeInvalidHTML**
+### removeInvalidHTML
 
 Given a schema, unwraps or removes nodes, attributes and classes on HTML.
 
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: The cleaned up HTML.
 
-<a name="replace" href="#replace">#</a> **replace**
+### replace
 
 Given two DOM nodes, replaces the former with the latter in the DOM.
 
@@ -333,9 +333,9 @@ _Parameters_
 
 _Returns_
 
--   `void`: 
+-   `void`:
 
-<a name="replaceTag" href="#replaceTag">#</a> **replaceTag**
+### replaceTag
 
 Replaces the given node with a new node with the given tag name.
 
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Element`: The new node.
 
-<a name="safeHTML" href="#safeHTML">#</a> **safeHTML**
+### safeHTML
 
 Strips scripts and on\* attributes from HTML.
 
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: The sanitized HTML.
 
-<a name="unwrap" href="#unwrap">#</a> **unwrap**
+### unwrap
 
 Unwrap the given node. This means any child nodes are moved to the parent.
 
@@ -370,9 +370,9 @@ _Parameters_
 
 _Returns_
 
--   `void`: 
+-   `void`:
 
-<a name="wrap" href="#wrap">#</a> **wrap**
+### wrap
 
 Wraps the given node with a new node with the given tag name.
 
@@ -381,7 +381,6 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _newNode_ `Element`: The node to insert.
 -   _referenceNode_ `Element`: The node to wrap.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/e2e-test-utils/README.md b/packages/e2e-test-utils/README.md
index 11e4c6fc2962a..7d903c0c99c02 100644
--- a/packages/e2e-test-utils/README.md
+++ b/packages/e2e-test-utils/README.md
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ npm install @wordpress/e2e-test-utils --save-dev
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="activatePlugin" href="#activatePlugin">#</a> **activatePlugin**
+### activatePlugin
 
 Activates an installed plugin.
 
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _slug_ `string`: Plugin slug.
 
-<a name="activateTheme" href="#activateTheme">#</a> **activateTheme**
+### activateTheme
 
 Activates an installed theme.
 
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _slug_ `string`: Theme slug.
 
-<a name="arePrePublishChecksEnabled" href="#arePrePublishChecksEnabled">#</a> **arePrePublishChecksEnabled**
+### arePrePublishChecksEnabled
 
 Verifies if publish checks are enabled.
 
@@ -42,11 +42,11 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise<boolean>`: Boolean which represents the state of prepublish checks.
 
-<a name="canvas" href="#canvas">#</a> **canvas**
+### canvas
 
 Gets the editor canvas frame.
 
-<a name="changeSiteTimezone" href="#changeSiteTimezone">#</a> **changeSiteTimezone**
+### changeSiteTimezone
 
 Visits general settings page and changes the timezone to the given value.
 
@@ -58,15 +58,15 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Value of the previous timezone.
 
-<a name="clearLocalStorage" href="#clearLocalStorage">#</a> **clearLocalStorage**
+### clearLocalStorage
 
 Clears the local storage.
 
-<a name="clickBlockAppender" href="#clickBlockAppender">#</a> **clickBlockAppender**
+### clickBlockAppender
 
 Clicks the default block appender.
 
-<a name="clickBlockToolbarButton" href="#clickBlockToolbarButton">#</a> **clickBlockToolbarButton**
+### clickBlockToolbarButton
 
 Clicks a block toolbar button.
 
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _label_ `string`: The text string of the button label.
 -   _type_ `[string]`: The type of button label: 'ariaLabel' or 'content'.
 
-<a name="clickButton" href="#clickButton">#</a> **clickButton**
+### clickButton
 
 Clicks a button based on the text on the button.
 
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _buttonText_ `string`: The text that appears on the button to click.
 
-<a name="clickMenuItem" href="#clickMenuItem">#</a> **clickMenuItem**
+### clickMenuItem
 
 Searches for an item in the menu with the text provided and clicks it.
 
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _label_ `string`: The label to search the menu item for.
 
-<a name="clickOnCloseModalButton" href="#clickOnCloseModalButton">#</a> **clickOnCloseModalButton**
+### clickOnCloseModalButton
 
 Click on the close button of an open modal.
 
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _modalClassName_ `?string`: Class name for the modal to close
 
-<a name="clickOnMoreMenuItem" href="#clickOnMoreMenuItem">#</a> **clickOnMoreMenuItem**
+### clickOnMoreMenuItem
 
 Clicks on More Menu item, searches for the button with the text provided and clicks it.
 
@@ -107,11 +107,11 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _buttonLabel_ `string`: The label to search the button for.
 
-<a name="closeGlobalBlockInserter" href="#closeGlobalBlockInserter">#</a> **closeGlobalBlockInserter**
+### closeGlobalBlockInserter
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="createEmbeddingMatcher" href="#createEmbeddingMatcher">#</a> **createEmbeddingMatcher**
+### createEmbeddingMatcher
 
 Creates a function to determine if a request is embedding a certain URL.
 
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: Function that determines if a request is for the embed API, embedding a specific URL.
 
-<a name="createJSONResponse" href="#createJSONResponse">#</a> **createJSONResponse**
+### createJSONResponse
 
 Respond to a request with a JSON response.
 
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise`: Promise that responds to a request with the mock JSON response.
 
-<a name="createNewPost" href="#createNewPost">#</a> **createNewPost**
+### createNewPost
 
 Creates new post.
 
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _object.excerpt_ `[string]`: Excerpt of the new post.
 -   _object.showWelcomeGuide_ `[boolean]`: Whether to show the welcome guide.
 
-<a name="createURL" href="#createURL">#</a> **createURL**
+### createURL
 
 Creates new URL by parsing base URL, WPPath and query string.
 
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: String which represents full URL.
 
-<a name="createURLMatcher" href="#createURLMatcher">#</a> **createURLMatcher**
+### createURLMatcher
 
 Creates a function to determine if a request is calling a URL with the substring present.
 
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: Function that determines if a request's URL contains substring.
 
-<a name="deactivatePlugin" href="#deactivatePlugin">#</a> **deactivatePlugin**
+### deactivatePlugin
 
 Deactivates an active plugin.
 
@@ -181,11 +181,11 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _slug_ `string`: Plugin slug.
 
-<a name="deleteAllWidgets" href="#deleteAllWidgets">#</a> **deleteAllWidgets**
+### deleteAllWidgets
 
 Delete all the widgets in the widgets screen.
 
-<a name="deleteTheme" href="#deleteTheme">#</a> **deleteTheme**
+### deleteTheme
 
 Deletes a theme from the site, activating another theme if necessary.
 
@@ -196,15 +196,15 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _settings.newThemeSlug_ `string?`: A theme to switch to if the theme to delete is active. Required if the theme to delete is active.
 -   _settings.newThemeSearchTerm_ `string?`: A search term to use if the new theme is not findable by its slug.
 
-<a name="disableFocusLossObservation" href="#disableFocusLossObservation">#</a> **disableFocusLossObservation**
+### disableFocusLossObservation
 
 Removes the focus loss listener that `enableFocusLossObservation()` adds.
 
-<a name="disablePrePublishChecks" href="#disablePrePublishChecks">#</a> **disablePrePublishChecks**
+### disablePrePublishChecks
 
 Disables Pre-publish checks.
 
-<a name="dragAndResize" href="#dragAndResize">#</a> **dragAndResize**
+### dragAndResize
 
 Clicks an element, drags a particular distance and releases the mouse button.
 
@@ -219,21 +219,21 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise`: Promise resolving when drag completes.
 
-<a name="enableFocusLossObservation" href="#enableFocusLossObservation">#</a> **enableFocusLossObservation**
+### enableFocusLossObservation
 
 Adds an event listener to the document which throws an error if there is a
 loss of focus.
 
-<a name="enablePageDialogAccept" href="#enablePageDialogAccept">#</a> **enablePageDialogAccept**
+### enablePageDialogAccept
 
 Enables even listener which accepts a page dialog which
 may appear when navigating away from Gutenberg.
 
-<a name="enablePrePublishChecks" href="#enablePrePublishChecks">#</a> **enablePrePublishChecks**
+### enablePrePublishChecks
 
 Enables Pre-publish checks.
 
-<a name="ensureSidebarOpened" href="#ensureSidebarOpened">#</a> **ensureSidebarOpened**
+### ensureSidebarOpened
 
 Verifies that the edit post sidebar is opened, and if it is not, opens it.
 
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise`: Promise resolving once the edit post sidebar is opened.
 
-<a name="findSidebarPanelToggleButtonWithTitle" href="#findSidebarPanelToggleButtonWithTitle">#</a> **findSidebarPanelToggleButtonWithTitle**
+### findSidebarPanelToggleButtonWithTitle
 
 Finds a sidebar panel with the provided title.
 
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?ElementHandle`: Object that represents an in-page DOM element.
 
-<a name="findSidebarPanelWithTitle" href="#findSidebarPanelWithTitle">#</a> **findSidebarPanelWithTitle**
+### findSidebarPanelWithTitle
 
 Finds the button responsible for toggling the sidebar panel with the provided title.
 
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise<ElementHandle|undefined>`: Object that represents an in-page DOM element.
 
-<a name="getAllBlockInserterItemTitles" href="#getAllBlockInserterItemTitles">#</a> **getAllBlockInserterItemTitles**
+### getAllBlockInserterItemTitles
 
 Returns an array of strings with all inserter item titles.
 
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise`: Promise resolving with an array containing all inserter item titles.
 
-<a name="getAllBlocks" href="#getAllBlocks">#</a> **getAllBlocks**
+### getAllBlocks
 
 Returns an array with all blocks; Equivalent to calling wp.data.select( 'core/block-editor' ).getBlocks();
 
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise`: Promise resolving with an array containing all blocks in the document.
 
-<a name="getAvailableBlockTransforms" href="#getAvailableBlockTransforms">#</a> **getAvailableBlockTransforms**
+### getAvailableBlockTransforms
 
 Returns an array of strings with all block titles,
 that the current selected block can be transformed into.
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise`: Promise resolving with an array containing all possible block transforms
 
-<a name="getBlockSetting" href="#getBlockSetting">#</a> **getBlockSetting**
+### getBlockSetting
 
 Returns a string containing the block title associated with the provided block name.
 
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise`: Promise resolving with a string containing the block title.
 
-<a name="getCurrentPostContent" href="#getCurrentPostContent">#</a> **getCurrentPostContent**
+### getCurrentPostContent
 
 Returns a promise which resolves with the current post content (HTML string).
 
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise`: Promise resolving with current post content markup.
 
-<a name="getEditedPostContent" href="#getEditedPostContent">#</a> **getEditedPostContent**
+### getEditedPostContent
 
 Returns a promise which resolves with the edited post content (HTML string).
 
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise`: Promise resolving with post content markup.
 
-<a name="getPageError" href="#getPageError">#</a> **getPageError**
+### getPageError
 
 Returns a promise resolving to one of either a string or null. A string will
 be resolved if an error message is present in the contents of the page. If no
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise<?string>`: Promise resolving to a string or null, depending whether a page error is present.
 
-<a name="hasBlockSwitcher" href="#hasBlockSwitcher">#</a> **hasBlockSwitcher**
+### hasBlockSwitcher
 
 Returns a boolean indicating if the current selected block has a block switcher or not.
 
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise`: Promise resolving with a boolean.
 
-<a name="insertBlock" href="#insertBlock">#</a> **insertBlock**
+### insertBlock
 
 Opens the inserter, searches for the given term, then selects the first
 result that appears. It then waits briefly for the block list to update.
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _searchTerm_ `string`: The text to search the inserter for.
 
-<a name="insertBlockDirectoryBlock" href="#insertBlockDirectoryBlock">#</a> **insertBlockDirectoryBlock**
+### insertBlockDirectoryBlock
 
 Opens the inserter, searches for the given block, then selects the
 first result that appears from the block directory. It then waits briefly for the block list to
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _searchTerm_ `string`: The text to search the inserter for.
 
-<a name="insertPattern" href="#insertPattern">#</a> **insertPattern**
+### insertPattern
 
 Opens the inserter, searches for the given pattern, then selects the first
 result that appears. It then waits briefly for the block list to update.
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _searchTerm_ `string`: The text to search the inserter for.
 
-<a name="insertReusableBlock" href="#insertReusableBlock">#</a> **insertReusableBlock**
+### insertReusableBlock
 
 Opens the inserter, searches for the given reusable block, then selects the
 first result that appears. It then waits briefly for the block list to
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _searchTerm_ `string`: The text to search the inserter for.
 
-<a name="installPlugin" href="#installPlugin">#</a> **installPlugin**
+### installPlugin
 
 Installs a plugin from the WP.org repository.
 
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _slug_ `string`: Plugin slug.
 -   _searchTerm_ `string?`: If the plugin is not findable by its slug use an alternative term to search.
 
-<a name="installTheme" href="#installTheme">#</a> **installTheme**
+### installTheme
 
 Installs a theme from the WP.org repository.
 
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _settings_ `Object?`: Optional settings object.
 -   _settings.searchTerm_ `string?`: Search term to use if the theme is not findable by its slug.
 
-<a name="isCurrentURL" href="#isCurrentURL">#</a> **isCurrentURL**
+### isCurrentURL
 
 Checks if current URL is a WordPress path.
 
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Boolean represents whether current URL is or not a WordPress path.
 
-<a name="isInDefaultBlock" href="#isInDefaultBlock">#</a> **isInDefaultBlock**
+### isInDefaultBlock
 
 Checks if the block that is focused is the default block.
 
@@ -420,11 +420,11 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise`: Promise resolving with a boolean indicating if the focused block is the default block.
 
-<a name="isOfflineMode" href="#isOfflineMode">#</a> **isOfflineMode**
+### isOfflineMode
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="isThemeInstalled" href="#isThemeInstalled">#</a> **isThemeInstalled**
+### isThemeInstalled
 
 Checks whether a theme exists on the site.
 
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the theme exists.
 
-<a name="loginUser" href="#loginUser">#</a> **loginUser**
+### loginUser
 
 Performs log in with specified username and password.
 
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _username_ `?string`: String to be used as user credential.
 -   _password_ `?string`: String to be used as user credential.
 
-<a name="mockOrTransform" href="#mockOrTransform">#</a> **mockOrTransform**
+### mockOrTransform
 
 Mocks a request with the supplied mock object, or allows it to run with an optional transform, based on the
 deserialised JSON response for the request.
@@ -460,15 +460,15 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise`: Promise that uses `mockCheck` to see if a request should be mocked with `mock`, and optionally transforms the response with `responseObjectTransform`.
 
-<a name="openDocumentSettingsSidebar" href="#openDocumentSettingsSidebar">#</a> **openDocumentSettingsSidebar**
+### openDocumentSettingsSidebar
 
 Clicks on the button in the header which opens Document Settings sidebar when it is closed.
 
-<a name="openGlobalBlockInserter" href="#openGlobalBlockInserter">#</a> **openGlobalBlockInserter**
+### openGlobalBlockInserter
 
 Opens the global block inserter.
 
-<a name="openPreviewPage" href="#openPreviewPage">#</a> **openPreviewPage**
+### openPreviewPage
 
 Opens the preview page of an edited post.
 
@@ -480,11 +480,11 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Page`: preview page.
 
-<a name="openPublishPanel" href="#openPublishPanel">#</a> **openPublishPanel**
+### openPublishPanel
 
 Opens the publish panel.
 
-<a name="pressKeyTimes" href="#pressKeyTimes">#</a> **pressKeyTimes**
+### pressKeyTimes
 
 Presses the given keyboard key a number of times in sequence.
 
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _key_ `string`: Key to press.
 -   _count_ `number`: Number of times to press.
 
-<a name="pressKeyWithModifier" href="#pressKeyWithModifier">#</a> **pressKeyWithModifier**
+### pressKeyWithModifier
 
 Performs a key press with modifier (Shift, Control, Meta, Alt), where each modifier
 is normalized to platform-specific modifier.
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _modifier_ `string`: Modifier key.
 -   _key_ `string`: Key to press while modifier held.
 
-<a name="publishPost" href="#publishPost">#</a> **publishPost**
+### publishPost
 
 Publishes the post, resolving once the request is complete (once a notice
 is displayed).
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise`: Promise resolving when publish is complete.
 
-<a name="publishPostWithPrePublishChecksDisabled" href="#publishPostWithPrePublishChecksDisabled">#</a> **publishPostWithPrePublishChecksDisabled**
+### publishPostWithPrePublishChecksDisabled
 
 Publishes the post without the pre-publish checks,
 resolving once the request is complete (once a notice is displayed).
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise`: Promise resolving when publish is complete.
 
-<a name="saveDraft" href="#saveDraft">#</a> **saveDraft**
+### saveDraft
 
 Saves the post as a draft, resolving once the request is complete (once the
 "Saved" indicator is displayed).
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise`: Promise resolving when draft save is complete.
 
-<a name="searchForBlock" href="#searchForBlock">#</a> **searchForBlock**
+### searchForBlock
 
 Search for block in the global inserter
 
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _searchTerm_ `string`: The text to search the inserter for.
 
-<a name="searchForPattern" href="#searchForPattern">#</a> **searchForPattern**
+### searchForPattern
 
 Search for pattern in the global inserter
 
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _searchTerm_ `string`: The text to search the inserter for.
 
-<a name="searchForReusableBlock" href="#searchForReusableBlock">#</a> **searchForReusableBlock**
+### searchForReusableBlock
 
 Search for reusable block in the global inserter.
 
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _searchTerm_ `string`: The text to search the inserter for.
 
-<a name="selectBlockByClientId" href="#selectBlockByClientId">#</a> **selectBlockByClientId**
+### selectBlockByClientId
 
 Given the clientId of a block, selects the block on the editor.
 
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _clientId_ `string`: Identified of the block.
 
-<a name="setBrowserViewport" href="#setBrowserViewport">#</a> **setBrowserViewport**
+### setBrowserViewport
 
 Sets browser viewport to specified type.
 
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _viewport_ `WPViewport`: Viewport name or dimensions object to assign.
 
-<a name="setClipboardData" href="#setClipboardData">#</a> **setClipboardData**
+### setClipboardData
 
 Sets the clipboard data that can be pasted with
 `pressKeyWithModifier( 'primary', 'v' )`.
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _$1.plainText_ `string`: Plain text to set.
 -   _$1.html_ `string`: HTML to set.
 
-<a name="setPostContent" href="#setPostContent">#</a> **setPostContent**
+### setPostContent
 
 Sets code editor content
 
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise`: Promise resolving with an array containing all blocks in the document.
 
-<a name="setUpResponseMocking" href="#setUpResponseMocking">#</a> **setUpResponseMocking**
+### setUpResponseMocking
 
 Sets up mock checks and responses. Accepts a list of mock settings with the following properties:
 
@@ -604,14 +604,16 @@ _Usage_
 
 ```js
 const MOCK_RESPONSES = [
-  {
-    match: isEmbedding( 'https://wordpress.org/gutenberg/handbook/' ),
-    onRequestMatch: JSONResponse( MOCK_BAD_WORDPRESS_RESPONSE ),
-  },
-  {
-    match: isEmbedding( 'https://wordpress.org/gutenberg/handbook/block-api/attributes/' ),
-    onRequestMatch: JSONResponse( MOCK_EMBED_WORDPRESS_SUCCESS_RESPONSE ),
-  }
+	{
+		match: isEmbedding( 'https://wordpress.org/gutenberg/handbook/' ),
+		onRequestMatch: JSONResponse( MOCK_BAD_WORDPRESS_RESPONSE ),
+	},
+	{
+		match: isEmbedding(
+			'https://wordpress.org/gutenberg/handbook/block-api/attributes/'
+		),
+		onRequestMatch: JSONResponse( MOCK_EMBED_WORDPRESS_SUCCESS_RESPONSE ),
+	},
 ];
 setUpResponseMocking( MOCK_RESPONSES );
 ```
@@ -622,12 +624,12 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _mocks_ `Array`: Array of mock settings.
 
-<a name="showBlockToolbar" href="#showBlockToolbar">#</a> **showBlockToolbar**
+### showBlockToolbar
 
 The block toolbar is not always visible while typing.
 Call this function to reveal it.
 
-<a name="switchEditorModeTo" href="#switchEditorModeTo">#</a> **switchEditorModeTo**
+### switchEditorModeTo
 
 Switches editor mode.
 
@@ -635,29 +637,29 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _mode_ `string`: String editor mode.
 
-<a name="switchUserToAdmin" href="#switchUserToAdmin">#</a> **switchUserToAdmin**
+### switchUserToAdmin
 
 Switches the current user to the admin user (if the user
 running the test is not already the admin user).
 
-<a name="switchUserToTest" href="#switchUserToTest">#</a> **switchUserToTest**
+### switchUserToTest
 
 Switches the current user to whichever user we should be
 running the tests as (if we're not already that user).
 
-<a name="toggleGlobalBlockInserter" href="#toggleGlobalBlockInserter">#</a> **toggleGlobalBlockInserter**
+### toggleGlobalBlockInserter
 
 Toggles the global inserter.
 
-<a name="toggleMoreMenu" href="#toggleMoreMenu">#</a> **toggleMoreMenu**
+### toggleMoreMenu
 
 Toggles the More Menu.
 
-<a name="toggleOfflineMode" href="#toggleOfflineMode">#</a> **toggleOfflineMode**
+### toggleOfflineMode
 
 Undocumented declaration.
 
-<a name="togglePreferencesOption" href="#togglePreferencesOption">#</a> **togglePreferencesOption**
+### togglePreferencesOption
 
 Toggles a preference option with the given tab label and the option label.
 
@@ -667,7 +669,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _optionLabel_ `string`: The option label to search the button for.
 -   _shouldBeChecked_ `[boolean]`: If true, turns the option on. If false, off. If not provided, the option will be toggled.
 
-<a name="transformBlockTo" href="#transformBlockTo">#</a> **transformBlockTo**
+### transformBlockTo
 
 Converts editor's block type.
 
@@ -675,7 +677,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _name_ `string`: Block name.
 
-<a name="trashAllPosts" href="#trashAllPosts">#</a> **trashAllPosts**
+### trashAllPosts
 
 Navigates to the post listing screen and bulk-trashes any posts which exist.
 
@@ -688,7 +690,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise`: Promise resolving once posts have been trashed.
 
-<a name="uninstallPlugin" href="#uninstallPlugin">#</a> **uninstallPlugin**
+### uninstallPlugin
 
 Uninstalls a plugin.
 
@@ -696,7 +698,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _slug_ `string`: Plugin slug.
 
-<a name="visitAdminPage" href="#visitAdminPage">#</a> **visitAdminPage**
+### visitAdminPage
 
 Visits admin page; if user is not logged in then it logging in it first, then visits admin page.
 
@@ -705,7 +707,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _adminPath_ `string`: String to be serialized as pathname.
 -   _query_ `string`: String to be serialized as query portion of URL.
 
-<a name="waitForWindowDimensions" href="#waitForWindowDimensions">#</a> **waitForWindowDimensions**
+### waitForWindowDimensions
 
 Function that waits until the page viewport has the required dimensions.
 It is being used to address a problem where after using setViewport the execution may continue,
@@ -717,7 +719,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _width_ `number`: Width of the window.
 -   _height_ `number`: Height of the window.
 
-<a name="wpDataSelect" href="#wpDataSelect">#</a> **wpDataSelect**
+### wpDataSelect
 
 Queries the WordPress data module.
 
@@ -744,7 +746,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Promise<?Object>`: Result of querying.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/e2e-test-utils/src/inserter.js b/packages/e2e-test-utils/src/inserter.js
index b5041992f2bbc..d6bfe1a717757 100644
--- a/packages/e2e-test-utils/src/inserter.js
+++ b/packages/e2e-test-utils/src/inserter.js
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ import { canvas } from './canvas';
 // This selector is written to support the current and old inserter markup
 // because the performance tests need to be able to run across versions.
 const INSERTER_SEARCH_SELECTOR =
-	'.block-editor-inserter__search-input,input.block-editor-inserter__search';
+	'.block-editor-inserter__search input,.block-editor-inserter__search-input,input.block-editor-inserter__search';
 
 /**
  * Opens the global block inserter.
diff --git a/packages/e2e-tests/specs/editor/blocks/buttons.test.js b/packages/e2e-tests/specs/editor/blocks/buttons.test.js
index 9253d29b1cbd4..5d4e354d94f3b 100644
--- a/packages/e2e-tests/specs/editor/blocks/buttons.test.js
+++ b/packages/e2e-tests/specs/editor/blocks/buttons.test.js
@@ -38,6 +38,36 @@ describe( 'Buttons', () => {
 		expect( await getEditedPostContent() ).toMatchSnapshot();
 	} );
 
+	it( 'moves focus from the link editor back to the button when escape is pressed after the URL has been submitted', async () => {
+		// Regression: https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/issues/34307
+		await insertBlock( 'Buttons' );
+		await pressKeyWithModifier( 'primary', 'k' );
+		await page.waitForFunction(
+			() => !! document.activeElement.closest( '.block-editor-url-input' )
+		);
+		await page.keyboard.type( 'https://example.com' );
+		await page.keyboard.press( 'Enter' );
+		await page.waitForFunction(
+			() =>
+				document.activeElement ===
+				document.querySelector(
+					'.block-editor-link-control a[href="https://example.com"]'
+				)
+		);
+		await page.keyboard.press( 'Escape' );
+
+		// Focus should move from the link control to the button block's text.
+		await page.waitForFunction(
+			() =>
+				document.activeElement ===
+				document.querySelector( '[aria-label="Button text"]' )
+		);
+
+		// The link control should still be visible when a URL is set.
+		const linkControl = await page.$( '.block-editor-link-control' );
+		expect( linkControl ).toBeTruthy();
+	} );
+
 	it( 'can jump to the link editor using the keyboard shortcut', async () => {
 		await insertBlock( 'Buttons' );
 		await page.keyboard.type( 'WordPress' );
diff --git a/packages/e2e-tests/specs/editor/various/multi-block-selection.test.js b/packages/e2e-tests/specs/editor/various/multi-block-selection.test.js
index fded2c6d7e914..a8a22435eb34f 100644
--- a/packages/e2e-tests/specs/editor/various/multi-block-selection.test.js
+++ b/packages/e2e-tests/specs/editor/various/multi-block-selection.test.js
@@ -659,4 +659,20 @@ describe( 'Multi-block selection', () => {
 		// Expect both paragraphs to be deleted.
 		expect( await getEditedPostContent() ).toMatchSnapshot();
 	} );
+
+	it( 'should select title if the cursor is on title', async () => {
+		await clickBlockAppender();
+
+		await page.keyboard.type( '1' );
+		await page.keyboard.press( 'Enter' );
+		await page.keyboard.type( '2' );
+
+		await page.type( '.editor-post-title__input', 'Post title' );
+
+		await pressKeyWithModifier( 'primary', 'a' );
+		const selectedText = await page.evaluate( () => {
+			return window.getSelection().toString();
+		} );
+		expect( selectedText ).toEqual( 'Post title' );
+	} );
 } );
diff --git a/packages/edit-post/README.md b/packages/edit-post/README.md
index ec0ff1af4a664..677e0c8257aa0 100644
--- a/packages/edit-post/README.md
+++ b/packages/edit-post/README.md
@@ -27,22 +27,19 @@ They can be found in the global variable `wp.editPost` when defining `wp-edit-po
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="initializeEditor" href="#initializeEditor">#</a> **initializeEditor**
+### initializeEditor
 
 Initializes and returns an instance of Editor.
 
-The return value of this function is not necessary if we change where we
-call initializeEditor(). This is due to metaBox timing.
-
 _Parameters_
 
 -   _id_ `string`: Unique identifier for editor instance.
--   _postType_ `Object`: Post type of the post to edit.
+-   _postType_ `string`: Post type of the post to edit.
 -   _postId_ `Object`: ID of the post to edit.
 -   _settings_ `?Object`: Editor settings object.
 -   _initialEdits_ `Object`: Programmatic edits to apply initially, to be considered as non-user-initiated (bypass for unsaved changes prompt).
 
-<a name="PluginBlockSettingsMenuItem" href="#PluginBlockSettingsMenuItem">#</a> **PluginBlockSettingsMenuItem**
+### PluginBlockSettingsMenuItem
 
 Renders a new item in the block settings menu.
 
@@ -53,20 +50,17 @@ _Usage_
 var __ = wp.i18n.__;
 var PluginBlockSettingsMenuItem = wp.editPost.PluginBlockSettingsMenuItem;
 
-function doOnClick(){
+function doOnClick() {
 	// To be called when the user clicks the menu item.
 }
 
 function MyPluginBlockSettingsMenuItem() {
-	return wp.element.createElement(
-		PluginBlockSettingsMenuItem,
-		{
-			allowedBlocks: [ 'core/paragraph' ],
-			icon: 'dashicon-name',
-			label: __( 'Menu item text' ),
-			onClick: doOnClick,
-		}
-	);
+	return wp.element.createElement( PluginBlockSettingsMenuItem, {
+		allowedBlocks: [ 'core/paragraph' ],
+		icon: 'dashicon-name',
+		label: __( 'Menu item text' ),
+		onClick: doOnClick,
+	} );
 }
 ```
 
@@ -75,16 +69,17 @@ function MyPluginBlockSettingsMenuItem() {
 import { __ } from '@wordpress/i18n';
 import { PluginBlockSettingsMenuItem } from '@wordpress/edit-post';
 
-const doOnClick = ( ) => {
-    // To be called when the user clicks the menu item.
+const doOnClick = () => {
+	// To be called when the user clicks the menu item.
 };
 
 const MyPluginBlockSettingsMenuItem = () => (
-    <PluginBlockSettingsMenuItem
+	<PluginBlockSettingsMenuItem
 		allowedBlocks={ [ 'core/paragraph' ] }
-		icon='dashicon-name'
+		icon="dashicon-name"
 		label={ __( 'Menu item text' ) }
-		onClick={ doOnClick } />
+		onClick={ doOnClick }
+	/>
 );
 ```
 
@@ -102,7 +97,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPComponent`: The component to be rendered.
 
-<a name="PluginDocumentSettingPanel" href="#PluginDocumentSettingPanel">#</a> **PluginDocumentSettingPanel**
+### PluginDocumentSettingPanel
 
 Renders items below the Status & Availability panel in the Document Sidebar.
 
@@ -127,7 +122,7 @@ function MyDocumentSettingPlugin() {
 }
 
 registerPlugin( 'my-document-setting-plugin', {
-		render: MyDocumentSettingPlugin
+	render: MyDocumentSettingPlugin,
 } );
 ```
 
@@ -137,12 +132,15 @@ import { registerPlugin } from '@wordpress/plugins';
 import { PluginDocumentSettingPanel } from '@wordpress/edit-post';
 
 const MyDocumentSettingTest = () => (
-		<PluginDocumentSettingPanel className="my-document-setting-plugin" title="My Panel">
+	<PluginDocumentSettingPanel
+		className="my-document-setting-plugin"
+		title="My Panel"
+	>
 		<p>My Document Setting Panel</p>
 	</PluginDocumentSettingPanel>
 );
 
- registerPlugin( 'document-setting-test', { render: MyDocumentSettingTest } );
+registerPlugin( 'document-setting-test', { render: MyDocumentSettingTest } );
 ```
 
 _Parameters_
@@ -157,7 +155,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPComponent`: The component to be rendered.
 
-<a name="PluginMoreMenuItem" href="#PluginMoreMenuItem">#</a> **PluginMoreMenuItem**
+### PluginMoreMenuItem
 
 Renders a menu item in `Plugins` group in `More Menu` drop down, and can be used to as a button or link depending on the props provided.
 The text within the component appears as the menu item label.
@@ -197,10 +195,7 @@ function onButtonClick() {
 }
 
 const MyButtonMoreMenuItem = () => (
-	<PluginMoreMenuItem
-		icon={ more }
-		onClick={ onButtonClick }
-	>
+	<PluginMoreMenuItem icon={ more } onClick={ onButtonClick }>
 		{ __( 'My button title' ) }
 	</PluginMoreMenuItem>
 );
@@ -218,7 +213,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPComponent`: The component to be rendered.
 
-<a name="PluginPostPublishPanel" href="#PluginPostPublishPanel">#</a> **PluginPostPublishPanel**
+### PluginPostPublishPanel
 
 Renders provided content to the post-publish panel in the publish flow
 (side panel that opens after a user publishes the post).
@@ -254,7 +249,7 @@ const MyPluginPostPublishPanel = () => (
 		title={ __( 'My panel title' ) }
 		initialOpen={ true }
 	>
-        { __( 'My panel content' ) }
+		{ __( 'My panel content' ) }
 	</PluginPostPublishPanel>
 );
 ```
@@ -271,7 +266,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPComponent`: The component to be rendered.
 
-<a name="PluginPostStatusInfo" href="#PluginPostStatusInfo">#</a> **PluginPostStatusInfo**
+### PluginPostStatusInfo
 
 Renders a row in the Status & visibility panel of the Document sidebar.
 It should be noted that this is named and implemented around the function it serves
@@ -291,7 +286,7 @@ function MyPluginPostStatusInfo() {
 			className: 'my-plugin-post-status-info',
 		},
 		__( 'My post status info' )
-	)
+	);
 }
 ```
 
@@ -301,9 +296,7 @@ import { __ } from '@wordpress/i18n';
 import { PluginPostStatusInfo } from '@wordpress/edit-post';
 
 const MyPluginPostStatusInfo = () => (
-	<PluginPostStatusInfo
-		className="my-plugin-post-status-info"
-	>
+	<PluginPostStatusInfo className="my-plugin-post-status-info">
 		{ __( 'My post status info' ) }
 	</PluginPostStatusInfo>
 );
@@ -319,7 +312,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPComponent`: The component to be rendered.
 
-<a name="PluginPrePublishPanel" href="#PluginPrePublishPanel">#</a> **PluginPrePublishPanel**
+### PluginPrePublishPanel
 
 Renders provided content to the pre-publish side panel in the publish flow
 (side panel that opens when a user first pushes "Publish" from the main editor).
@@ -355,7 +348,7 @@ const MyPluginPrePublishPanel = () => (
 		title={ __( 'My panel title' ) }
 		initialOpen={ true }
 	>
-	    { __( 'My panel content' ) }
+		{ __( 'My panel content' ) }
 	</PluginPrePublishPanel>
 );
 ```
@@ -372,14 +365,16 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPComponent`: The component to be rendered.
 
-<a name="PluginSidebar" href="#PluginSidebar">#</a> **PluginSidebar**
+### PluginSidebar
 
 Renders a sidebar when activated. The contents within the `PluginSidebar` will appear as content within the sidebar.
 It also automatically renders a corresponding `PluginSidebarMenuItem` component when `isPinnable` flag is set to `true`.
 If you wish to display the sidebar, you can with use the `PluginSidebarMoreMenuItem` component or the `wp.data.dispatch` API:
 
 ```js
-wp.data.dispatch( 'core/edit-post' ).openGeneralSidebar( 'plugin-name/sidebar-name' );
+wp.data
+	.dispatch( 'core/edit-post' )
+	.openGeneralSidebar( 'plugin-name/sidebar-name' );
 ```
 
 _Related_
@@ -398,17 +393,13 @@ var moreIcon = wp.element.createElement( 'svg' ); //... svg element.
 
 function MyPluginSidebar() {
 	return el(
-			PluginSidebar,
-			{
-				name: 'my-sidebar',
-				title: 'My sidebar title',
-				icon: moreIcon,
-			},
-			el(
-				PanelBody,
-				{},
-				__( 'My sidebar content' )
-			)
+		PluginSidebar,
+		{
+			name: 'my-sidebar',
+			title: 'My sidebar title',
+			icon: moreIcon,
+		},
+		el( PanelBody, {}, __( 'My sidebar content' ) )
 	);
 }
 ```
@@ -421,14 +412,8 @@ import { PluginSidebar } from '@wordpress/edit-post';
 import { more } from '@wordpress/icons';
 
 const MyPluginSidebar = () => (
-	<PluginSidebar
-		name="my-sidebar"
-		title="My sidebar title"
-		icon={ more }
-	>
-		<PanelBody>
-			{ __( 'My sidebar content' ) }
-		</PanelBody>
+	<PluginSidebar name="my-sidebar" title="My sidebar title" icon={ more }>
+		<PanelBody>{ __( 'My sidebar content' ) }</PanelBody>
 	</PluginSidebar>
 );
 ```
@@ -442,7 +427,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _props.isPinnable_ `[boolean]`: Whether to allow to pin sidebar to the toolbar. When set to `true` it also automatically renders a corresponding menu item.
 -   _props.icon_ `[WPBlockTypeIconRender]`: The [Dashicon](https://developer.wordpress.org/resource/dashicons/) icon slug string, or an SVG WP element, to be rendered when the sidebar is pinned to toolbar.
 
-<a name="PluginSidebarMoreMenuItem" href="#PluginSidebarMoreMenuItem">#</a> **PluginSidebarMoreMenuItem**
+### PluginSidebarMoreMenuItem
 
 Renders a menu item in `Plugins` group in `More Menu` drop down,
 and can be used to activate the corresponding `PluginSidebar` component.
@@ -464,7 +449,7 @@ function MySidebarMoreMenuItem() {
 			icon: moreIcon,
 		},
 		__( 'My sidebar title' )
-	)
+	);
 }
 ```
 
@@ -475,10 +460,7 @@ import { PluginSidebarMoreMenuItem } from '@wordpress/edit-post';
 import { more } from '@wordpress/icons';
 
 const MySidebarMoreMenuItem = () => (
-	<PluginSidebarMoreMenuItem
-		target="my-sidebar"
-		icon={ more }
-	>
+	<PluginSidebarMoreMenuItem target="my-sidebar" icon={ more }>
 		{ __( 'My sidebar title' ) }
 	</PluginSidebarMoreMenuItem>
 );
@@ -494,7 +476,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPComponent`: The component to be rendered.
 
-<a name="reinitializeEditor" href="#reinitializeEditor">#</a> **reinitializeEditor**
+### reinitializeEditor
 
 Reinitializes the editor after the user chooses to reboot the editor after
 an unhandled error occurs, replacing previously mounted editor element using
@@ -508,7 +490,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _settings_ `?Object`: Editor settings object.
 -   _initialEdits_ `Object`: Programmatic edits to apply initially, to be considered as non-user-initiated (bypass for unsaved changes prompt).
 
-<a name="store" href="#store">#</a> **store**
+### store
 
 Store definition for the edit post namespace.
 
@@ -520,7 +502,6 @@ _Type_
 
 -   `Object`
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/edit-post/src/components/meta-boxes/index.js b/packages/edit-post/src/components/meta-boxes/index.js
index e5e3e2ac2066d..15851ae524787 100644
--- a/packages/edit-post/src/components/meta-boxes/index.js
+++ b/packages/edit-post/src/components/meta-boxes/index.js
@@ -6,7 +6,9 @@ import { map } from 'lodash';
 /**
  * WordPress dependencies
  */
-import { withSelect } from '@wordpress/data';
+import { useSelect, useRegistry } from '@wordpress/data';
+import { useEffect } from '@wordpress/element';
+import { store as editorStore } from '@wordpress/editor';
 
 /**
  * Internal dependencies
@@ -15,7 +17,44 @@ import MetaBoxesArea from './meta-boxes-area';
 import MetaBoxVisibility from './meta-box-visibility';
 import { store as editPostStore } from '../../store';
 
-function MetaBoxes( { location, isVisible, metaBoxes } ) {
+export default function MetaBoxes( { location } ) {
+	const registry = useRegistry();
+	const {
+		metaBoxes,
+		isVisible,
+		areMetaBoxesInitialized,
+		isEditorReady,
+	} = useSelect(
+		( select ) => {
+			const { __unstableIsEditorReady } = select( editorStore );
+			const {
+				isMetaBoxLocationVisible,
+				getMetaBoxesPerLocation,
+				areMetaBoxesInitialized: _areMetaBoxesInitialized,
+			} = select( editPostStore );
+			return {
+				metaBoxes: getMetaBoxesPerLocation( location ),
+				isVisible: isMetaBoxLocationVisible( location ),
+				areMetaBoxesInitialized: _areMetaBoxesInitialized(),
+				isEditorReady: __unstableIsEditorReady(),
+			};
+		},
+		[ location ]
+	);
+
+	// When editor is ready, initialize postboxes (wp core script) and metabox
+	// saving. This initializes all meta box locations, not just this specific
+	// one.
+	useEffect( () => {
+		if ( isEditorReady && ! areMetaBoxesInitialized ) {
+			registry.dispatch( editPostStore ).initializeMetaBoxes();
+		}
+	}, [ isEditorReady, areMetaBoxesInitialized ] );
+
+	if ( ! areMetaBoxesInitialized ) {
+		return null;
+	}
+
 	return (
 		<>
 			{ map( metaBoxes, ( { id } ) => (
@@ -25,14 +64,3 @@ function MetaBoxes( { location, isVisible, metaBoxes } ) {
 		</>
 	);
 }
-
-export default withSelect( ( select, { location } ) => {
-	const { isMetaBoxLocationVisible, getMetaBoxesPerLocation } = select(
-		editPostStore
-	);
-
-	return {
-		metaBoxes: getMetaBoxesPerLocation( location ),
-		isVisible: isMetaBoxLocationVisible( location ),
-	};
-} )( MetaBoxes );
diff --git a/packages/edit-post/src/index.js b/packages/edit-post/src/index.js
index 25acadf68292c..0841f5c3053b4 100644
--- a/packages/edit-post/src/index.js
+++ b/packages/edit-post/src/index.js
@@ -15,7 +15,6 @@ import { render, unmountComponentAtNode } from '@wordpress/element';
  */
 import './hooks';
 import './plugins';
-export { store } from './store';
 import Editor from './editor';
 
 /**
@@ -64,11 +63,8 @@ export function reinitializeEditor(
 /**
  * Initializes and returns an instance of Editor.
  *
- * The return value of this function is not necessary if we change where we
- * call initializeEditor(). This is due to metaBox timing.
- *
  * @param {string}  id           Unique identifier for editor instance.
- * @param {Object}  postType     Post type of the post to edit.
+ * @param {string}  postType     Post type of the post to edit.
  * @param {Object}  postId       ID of the post to edit.
  * @param {?Object} settings     Editor settings object.
  * @param {Object}  initialEdits Programmatic edits to apply initially, to be
@@ -160,3 +156,4 @@ export { default as PluginSidebar } from './components/sidebar/plugin-sidebar';
 export { default as PluginSidebarMoreMenuItem } from './components/header/plugin-sidebar-more-menu-item';
 export { default as __experimentalFullscreenModeClose } from './components/header/fullscreen-mode-close';
 export { default as __experimentalMainDashboardButton } from './components/header/main-dashboard-button';
+export { store } from './store';
diff --git a/packages/edit-post/src/store/actions.js b/packages/edit-post/src/store/actions.js
index ba847625c4d49..e8e8afc2b26f8 100644
--- a/packages/edit-post/src/store/actions.js
+++ b/packages/edit-post/src/store/actions.js
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ import { castArray, reduce } from 'lodash';
 import { __ } from '@wordpress/i18n';
 import { apiFetch } from '@wordpress/data-controls';
 import { store as interfaceStore } from '@wordpress/interface';
-import { controls, dispatch, select, subscribe } from '@wordpress/data';
+import { controls, select, subscribe, dispatch } from '@wordpress/data';
 import { speak } from '@wordpress/a11y';
 import { store as noticesStore } from '@wordpress/notices';
 import { store as coreStore } from '@wordpress/core-data';
@@ -256,8 +256,6 @@ export function showBlockTypes( blockNames ) {
 	};
 }
 
-let saveMetaboxUnsubscribe;
-
 /**
  * Returns an action object used in signaling
  * what Meta boxes are available in which location.
@@ -271,55 +269,6 @@ export function* setAvailableMetaBoxesPerLocation( metaBoxesPerLocation ) {
 		type: 'SET_META_BOXES_PER_LOCATIONS',
 		metaBoxesPerLocation,
 	};
-
-	const postType = yield controls.select(
-		'core/editor',
-		'getCurrentPostType'
-	);
-	if ( window.postboxes.page !== postType ) {
-		window.postboxes.add_postbox_toggles( postType );
-	}
-
-	let wasSavingPost = yield controls.select( 'core/editor', 'isSavingPost' );
-	let wasAutosavingPost = yield controls.select(
-		'core/editor',
-		'isAutosavingPost'
-	);
-
-	// Meta boxes are initialized once at page load. It is not necessary to
-	// account for updates on each state change.
-	//
-	// See: https://github.com/WordPress/WordPress/blob/5.1.1/wp-admin/includes/post.php#L2307-L2309
-	const hasActiveMetaBoxes = yield controls.select(
-		editPostStore.name,
-		'hasMetaBoxes'
-	);
-
-	// First remove any existing subscription in order to prevent multiple saves
-	if ( !! saveMetaboxUnsubscribe ) {
-		saveMetaboxUnsubscribe();
-	}
-
-	// Save metaboxes when performing a full save on the post.
-	saveMetaboxUnsubscribe = subscribe( () => {
-		const isSavingPost = select( 'core/editor' ).isSavingPost();
-		const isAutosavingPost = select( 'core/editor' ).isAutosavingPost();
-
-		// Save metaboxes on save completion, except for autosaves that are not a post preview.
-		const shouldTriggerMetaboxesSave =
-			hasActiveMetaBoxes &&
-			wasSavingPost &&
-			! isSavingPost &&
-			! wasAutosavingPost;
-
-		// Save current state for next inspection.
-		wasSavingPost = isSavingPost;
-		wasAutosavingPost = isAutosavingPost;
-
-		if ( shouldTriggerMetaboxesSave ) {
-			dispatch( editPostStore.name ).requestMetaBoxUpdates();
-		}
-	} );
 }
 
 /**
@@ -505,3 +454,72 @@ export function* __unstableSwitchToTemplateMode( template ) {
 		} );
 	}
 }
+
+let metaBoxesInitialized = false;
+
+/**
+ * Initializes WordPress `postboxes` script and the logic for saving meta boxes.
+ */
+export function* initializeMetaBoxes() {
+	const isEditorReady = yield controls.select(
+		'core/editor',
+		'__unstableIsEditorReady'
+	);
+
+	if ( ! isEditorReady ) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	const postType = yield controls.select(
+		'core/editor',
+		'getCurrentPostType'
+	);
+
+	// Only initialize once.
+	if ( metaBoxesInitialized ) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if ( window.postboxes.page !== postType ) {
+		window.postboxes.add_postbox_toggles( postType );
+	}
+
+	metaBoxesInitialized = true;
+
+	let wasSavingPost = yield controls.select( 'core/editor', 'isSavingPost' );
+	let wasAutosavingPost = yield controls.select(
+		'core/editor',
+		'isAutosavingPost'
+	);
+	const hasMetaBoxes = yield controls.select( editPostStore, 'hasMetaBoxes' );
+
+	// Save metaboxes when performing a full save on the post.
+	subscribe( () => {
+		const isSavingPost = select( 'core/editor' ).isSavingPost();
+		const isAutosavingPost = select( 'core/editor' ).isAutosavingPost();
+
+		// Save metaboxes on save completion, except for autosaves that are not a post preview.
+		//
+		// Meta boxes are initialized once at page load. It is not necessary to
+		// account for updates on each state change.
+		//
+		// See: https://github.com/WordPress/WordPress/blob/5.1.1/wp-admin/includes/post.php#L2307-L2309
+		const shouldTriggerMetaboxesSave =
+			hasMetaBoxes &&
+			wasSavingPost &&
+			! isSavingPost &&
+			! wasAutosavingPost;
+
+		// Save current state for next inspection.
+		wasSavingPost = isSavingPost;
+		wasAutosavingPost = isAutosavingPost;
+
+		if ( shouldTriggerMetaboxesSave ) {
+			dispatch( editPostStore ).requestMetaBoxUpdates();
+		}
+	} );
+
+	return {
+		type: 'META_BOXES_INITIALIZED',
+	};
+}
diff --git a/packages/edit-post/src/store/reducer.js b/packages/edit-post/src/store/reducer.js
index c12d54ec97298..6e19ac5ebdc9d 100644
--- a/packages/edit-post/src/store/reducer.js
+++ b/packages/edit-post/src/store/reducer.js
@@ -290,9 +290,26 @@ function isEditingTemplate( state = false, action ) {
 	return state;
 }
 
+/**
+ * Reducer tracking whether meta boxes are initialized.
+ *
+ * @param {boolean} state
+ * @param {Object}  action
+ *
+ * @return {boolean} Updated state.
+ */
+function metaBoxesInitialized( state = false, action ) {
+	switch ( action.type ) {
+		case 'META_BOXES_INITIALIZED':
+			return true;
+	}
+	return state;
+}
+
 const metaBoxes = combineReducers( {
 	isSaving: isSavingMetaBoxes,
 	locations: metaBoxLocations,
+	initialized: metaBoxesInitialized,
 } );
 
 export default combineReducers( {
diff --git a/packages/edit-post/src/store/selectors.js b/packages/edit-post/src/store/selectors.js
index ad35000899324..2a9e0547496cb 100644
--- a/packages/edit-post/src/store/selectors.js
+++ b/packages/edit-post/src/store/selectors.js
@@ -361,6 +361,17 @@ export function isEditingTemplate( state ) {
 	return state.isEditingTemplate;
 }
 
+/**
+ * Returns true if meta boxes are initialized.
+ *
+ * @param {Object} state Global application state.
+ *
+ * @return {boolean} Whether meta boxes are initialized.
+ */
+export function areMetaBoxesInitialized( state ) {
+	return state.metaBoxes.initialized;
+}
+
 /**
  * Retrieves the template of the currently edited post.
  *
diff --git a/packages/edit-widgets/package.json b/packages/edit-widgets/package.json
index 037ebddbf70b7..4406694bda4c8 100644
--- a/packages/edit-widgets/package.json
+++ b/packages/edit-widgets/package.json
@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@
 		"@wordpress/core-data": "file:../core-data",
 		"@wordpress/data": "file:../data",
 		"@wordpress/data-controls": "file:../data-controls",
+		"@wordpress/dom": "file:../dom",
 		"@wordpress/element": "file:../element",
 		"@wordpress/hooks": "file:../hooks",
 		"@wordpress/i18n": "file:../i18n",
diff --git a/packages/edit-widgets/src/components/error-boundary/index.js b/packages/edit-widgets/src/components/error-boundary/index.js
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..cf2098a30844d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/edit-widgets/src/components/error-boundary/index.js
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/**
+ * WordPress dependencies
+ */
+import { Component } from '@wordpress/element';
+import { __ } from '@wordpress/i18n';
+import { Button } from '@wordpress/components';
+import { Warning } from '@wordpress/block-editor';
+import { useCopyToClipboard } from '@wordpress/compose';
+
+function CopyButton( { text, children } ) {
+	const ref = useCopyToClipboard( text );
+	return (
+		<Button variant="secondary" ref={ ref }>
+			{ children }
+		</Button>
+	);
+}
+
+export default class ErrorBoundary extends Component {
+	constructor() {
+		super( ...arguments );
+
+		this.reboot = this.reboot.bind( this );
+
+		this.state = {
+			error: null,
+		};
+	}
+
+	componentDidCatch( error ) {
+		this.setState( { error } );
+	}
+
+	reboot() {
+		this.props.onError();
+	}
+
+	render() {
+		const { error } = this.state;
+		if ( ! error ) {
+			return this.props.children;
+		}
+
+		return (
+			<Warning
+				className="edit-widgets-error-boundary"
+				actions={ [
+					<Button
+						key="recovery"
+						onClick={ this.reboot }
+						variant="secondary"
+					>
+						{ __( 'Attempt Recovery' ) }
+					</Button>,
+					<CopyButton key="copy-error" text={ error.stack }>
+						{ __( 'Copy Error' ) }
+					</CopyButton>,
+				] }
+			>
+				{ __( 'The editor has encountered an unexpected error.' ) }
+			</Warning>
+		);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/packages/edit-widgets/src/components/error-boundary/style.scss b/packages/edit-widgets/src/components/error-boundary/style.scss
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000..c1605b42a5ea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/packages/edit-widgets/src/components/error-boundary/style.scss
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+.edit-widgets-error-boundary {
+	margin: auto;
+	max-width: 780px;
+	padding: 20px;
+	margin-top: 60px;
+	box-shadow: $shadow-modal;
+}
diff --git a/packages/edit-widgets/src/components/layout/index.js b/packages/edit-widgets/src/components/layout/index.js
index 2be16bd91a3df..d278fc673cd7e 100644
--- a/packages/edit-widgets/src/components/layout/index.js
+++ b/packages/edit-widgets/src/components/layout/index.js
@@ -7,24 +7,27 @@ import { PluginArea } from '@wordpress/plugins';
 /**
  * Internal dependencies
  */
+import ErrorBoundary from '../error-boundary';
 import WidgetAreasBlockEditorProvider from '../widget-areas-block-editor-provider';
 import Sidebar from '../sidebar';
 import Interface from './interface';
 import UnsavedChangesWarning from './unsaved-changes-warning';
 import WelcomeGuide from '../welcome-guide';
 
-function Layout( { blockEditorSettings } ) {
+function Layout( { blockEditorSettings, onError } ) {
 	return (
-		<WidgetAreasBlockEditorProvider
-			blockEditorSettings={ blockEditorSettings }
-		>
-			<Interface blockEditorSettings={ blockEditorSettings } />
-			<Sidebar />
-			<Popover.Slot />
-			<PluginArea />
-			<UnsavedChangesWarning />
-			<WelcomeGuide />
-		</WidgetAreasBlockEditorProvider>
+		<ErrorBoundary onError={ onError }>
+			<WidgetAreasBlockEditorProvider
+				blockEditorSettings={ blockEditorSettings }
+			>
+				<Interface blockEditorSettings={ blockEditorSettings } />
+				<Sidebar />
+				<Popover.Slot />
+				<PluginArea />
+				<UnsavedChangesWarning />
+				<WelcomeGuide />
+			</WidgetAreasBlockEditorProvider>
+		</ErrorBoundary>
 	);
 }
 
diff --git a/packages/edit-widgets/src/components/more-menu/index.js b/packages/edit-widgets/src/components/more-menu/index.js
index 7b65c84177191..060b4fbe2fd62 100644
--- a/packages/edit-widgets/src/components/more-menu/index.js
+++ b/packages/edit-widgets/src/components/more-menu/index.js
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ export default function MoreMenu() {
 								role="menuitem"
 								icon={ external }
 								href={ __(
-									'https://wordpress.org/support/article/wordpress-editor/'
+									'https://wordpress.org/support/article/block-based-widgets-editor/'
 								) }
 								target="_blank"
 								rel="noopener noreferrer"
diff --git a/packages/edit-widgets/src/components/sidebar/widget-areas.js b/packages/edit-widgets/src/components/sidebar/widget-areas.js
index 42ebf5e652f9e..48bb278f2b08e 100644
--- a/packages/edit-widgets/src/components/sidebar/widget-areas.js
+++ b/packages/edit-widgets/src/components/sidebar/widget-areas.js
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ import { BlockIcon } from '@wordpress/block-editor';
 import { Button } from '@wordpress/components';
 import { __ } from '@wordpress/i18n';
 import { addQueryArgs } from '@wordpress/url';
+import { safeHTML } from '@wordpress/dom';
 
 /**
  * Internal dependencies
@@ -47,7 +48,15 @@ export default function WidgetAreas( { selectedWidgetAreaId } ) {
 			<div className="edit-widgets-widget-areas__top-container">
 				<BlockIcon icon={ blockDefault } />
 				<div>
-					<p>{ description }</p>
+					<p
+						// Use `dangerouslySetInnerHTML` to keep backwards
+						// compatibility. Basic markup in the description is an
+						// established feature of WordPress.
+						// @see https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/issues/33106
+						dangerouslySetInnerHTML={ {
+							__html: safeHTML( description ),
+						} }
+					/>
 					{ widgetAreas?.length === 0 && (
 						<p>
 							{ __(
diff --git a/packages/edit-widgets/src/hooks/use-widget-library-insertion-point.js b/packages/edit-widgets/src/hooks/use-widget-library-insertion-point.js
index 9fd47b3e110bc..53c90ebee14e2 100644
--- a/packages/edit-widgets/src/hooks/use-widget-library-insertion-point.js
+++ b/packages/edit-widgets/src/hooks/use-widget-library-insertion-point.js
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ import { store as blockEditorStore } from '@wordpress/block-editor';
 /**
  * Internal dependencies
  */
+import { store as editWidgetsStore } from '../store';
 import { buildWidgetAreasPostId, KIND, POST_TYPE } from '../store/utils';
 
 const useWidgetLibraryInsertionPoint = () => {
@@ -30,6 +31,16 @@ const useWidgetLibraryInsertionPoint = () => {
 				getBlockIndex,
 			} = select( blockEditorStore );
 
+			const insertionPoint = select(
+				editWidgetsStore
+			).__experimentalGetInsertionPoint();
+
+			// "Browse all" in the quick inserter will set the rootClientId to the current block.
+			// Otherwise, it will just be undefined, and we'll have to handle it differently below.
+			if ( insertionPoint.rootClientId ) {
+				return insertionPoint;
+			}
+
 			const clientId = getBlockSelectionEnd() || firstRootId;
 			const rootClientId = getBlockRootClientId( clientId );
 
diff --git a/packages/edit-widgets/src/index.js b/packages/edit-widgets/src/index.js
index 7527529dbb4ed..fa3173c7c91f1 100644
--- a/packages/edit-widgets/src/index.js
+++ b/packages/edit-widgets/src/index.js
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ import {
 	unstable__bootstrapServerSideBlockDefinitions, // eslint-disable-line camelcase
 	setFreeformContentHandlerName,
 } from '@wordpress/blocks';
-import { render } from '@wordpress/element';
+import { render, unmountComponentAtNode } from '@wordpress/element';
 import {
 	registerCoreBlocks,
 	__experimentalGetCoreBlocks,
@@ -36,6 +36,23 @@ const disabledBlocks = [
 	...( ! ALLOW_REUSABLE_BLOCKS && [ 'core/block' ] ),
 ];
 
+/**
+ * Reinitializes the editor after the user chooses to reboot the editor after
+ * an unhandled error occurs, replacing previously mounted editor element using
+ * an initial state from prior to the crash.
+ *
+ * @param {Element} target   DOM node in which editor is rendered.
+ * @param {?Object} settings Editor settings object.
+ */
+export function reinitializeEditor( target, settings ) {
+	unmountComponentAtNode( target );
+	const reboot = reinitializeEditor.bind( null, target, settings );
+	render(
+		<Layout blockEditorSettings={ settings } onError={ reboot } />,
+		target
+	);
+}
+
 /**
  * Initializes the block editor in the widgets screen.
  *
@@ -43,6 +60,8 @@ const disabledBlocks = [
  * @param {Object} settings Block editor settings.
  */
 export function initialize( id, settings ) {
+	const target = document.getElementById( id );
+	const reboot = reinitializeEditor.bind( null, target, settings );
 	const coreBlocks = __experimentalGetCoreBlocks().filter( ( block ) => {
 		return ! (
 			disabledBlocks.includes( block.name ) ||
@@ -70,8 +89,8 @@ export function initialize( id, settings ) {
 	// see: https://github.com/WordPress/gutenberg/issues/33097
 	setFreeformContentHandlerName( 'core/html' );
 	render(
-		<Layout blockEditorSettings={ settings } />,
-		document.getElementById( id )
+		<Layout blockEditorSettings={ settings } onError={ reboot } />,
+		target
 	);
 }
 
diff --git a/packages/edit-widgets/src/store/selectors.js b/packages/edit-widgets/src/store/selectors.js
index bd520ea15d732..b61e48ed1bb3a 100644
--- a/packages/edit-widgets/src/store/selectors.js
+++ b/packages/edit-widgets/src/store/selectors.js
@@ -218,6 +218,18 @@ export function isInserterOpened( state ) {
 	return !! state.blockInserterPanel;
 }
 
+/**
+ * Get the insertion point for the inserter.
+ *
+ * @param {Object} state Global application state.
+ *
+ * @return {Object} The root client ID and index to insert at.
+ */
+export function __experimentalGetInsertionPoint( state ) {
+	const { rootClientId, insertionIndex } = state.blockInserterPanel;
+	return { rootClientId, insertionIndex };
+}
+
 /**
  * Returns true if a block can be inserted into a widget area.
  *
diff --git a/packages/edit-widgets/src/style.scss b/packages/edit-widgets/src/style.scss
index c6a07b9b0356b..7d75dc6443bda 100644
--- a/packages/edit-widgets/src/style.scss
+++ b/packages/edit-widgets/src/style.scss
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 @import "../../interface/src/style.scss";
 
 @import "./blocks/widget-area/editor.scss";
+@import "./components/error-boundary/style.scss";
 @import "./components/header/style.scss";
 @import "./components/keyboard-shortcut-help-modal/style.scss";
 @import "./components/more-menu/style.scss";
diff --git a/packages/editor/src/components/post-taxonomies/most-used-terms.js b/packages/editor/src/components/post-taxonomies/most-used-terms.js
index da3539b05457e..9ceaa52e6dbbc 100644
--- a/packages/editor/src/components/post-taxonomies/most-used-terms.js
+++ b/packages/editor/src/components/post-taxonomies/most-used-terms.js
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ const DEFAULT_QUERY = {
 	per_page: MAX_MOST_USED_TERMS,
 	orderby: 'count',
 	order: 'desc',
+	hide_empty: true,
 	_fields: 'id,name,count',
 };
 
diff --git a/packages/element/README.md b/packages/element/README.md
index b09cca79c8afb..6dcd2155d44e1 100755
--- a/packages/element/README.md
+++ b/packages/element/README.md
@@ -83,11 +83,11 @@ This assumes that you will import the `createElement` function in any file where
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="Children" href="#Children">#</a> **Children**
+### Children
 
 Object that provides utilities for dealing with React children.
 
-<a name="cloneElement" href="#cloneElement">#</a> **cloneElement**
+### cloneElement
 
 Creates a copy of an element with extended props.
 
@@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPElement`: Cloned element.
 
-<a name="Component" href="#Component">#</a> **Component**
+### Component
 
 A base class to create WordPress Components (Refs, state and lifecycle hooks)
 
-<a name="concatChildren" href="#concatChildren">#</a> **concatChildren**
+### concatChildren
 
 Concatenate two or more React children objects.
 
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Array`: The concatenated value.
 
-<a name="createContext" href="#createContext">#</a> **createContext**
+### createContext
 
 Creates a context object containing two components: a provider and consumer.
 
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Context object.
 
-<a name="createElement" href="#createElement">#</a> **createElement**
+### createElement
 
 Returns a new element of given type. Type can be either a string tag name or
 another function which itself returns an element.
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPElement`: Element.
 
-<a name="createInterpolateElement" href="#createInterpolateElement">#</a> **createInterpolateElement**
+### createInterpolateElement
 
 This function creates an interpolated element from a passed in string with
 specific tags matching how the string should be converted to an element via
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPElement`: A wp element.
 
-<a name="createPortal" href="#createPortal">#</a> **createPortal**
+### createPortal
 
 Creates a portal into which a component can be rendered.
 
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _child_ `import('./react').WPElement`: Any renderable child, such as an element, string, or fragment.
 -   _container_ `HTMLElement`: DOM node into which element should be rendered.
 
-<a name="createRef" href="#createRef">#</a> **createRef**
+### createRef
 
 Returns an object tracking a reference to a rendered element via its
 `current` property as either a DOMElement or Element, dependent upon the
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Object`: Ref object.
 
-<a name="findDOMNode" href="#findDOMNode">#</a> **findDOMNode**
+### findDOMNode
 
 Finds the dom node of a React component.
 
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _component_ `import('./react').WPComponent`: Component's instance.
 
-<a name="forwardRef" href="#forwardRef">#</a> **forwardRef**
+### forwardRef
 
 Component enhancer used to enable passing a ref to its wrapped component.
 Pass a function argument which receives `props` and `ref` as its arguments,
@@ -221,11 +221,11 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPComponent`: Enhanced component.
 
-<a name="Fragment" href="#Fragment">#</a> **Fragment**
+### Fragment
 
 A component which renders its children without any wrapping element.
 
-<a name="isEmptyElement" href="#isEmptyElement">#</a> **isEmptyElement**
+### isEmptyElement
 
 Checks if the provided WP element is empty.
 
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True when an element is considered empty.
 
-<a name="isValidElement" href="#isValidElement">#</a> **isValidElement**
+### isValidElement
 
 Checks if an object is a valid WPElement.
 
@@ -249,19 +249,19 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: true if objectToTest is a valid WPElement and false otherwise.
 
-<a name="lazy" href="#lazy">#</a> **lazy**
+### lazy
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://reactjs.org/docs/react-api.html#reactlazy>
 
-<a name="memo" href="#memo">#</a> **memo**
+### memo
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://reactjs.org/docs/react-api.html#reactmemo>
 
-<a name="Platform" href="#Platform">#</a> **Platform**
+### Platform
 
 Component used to detect the current Platform being used.
 Use Platform.OS === 'web' to detect if running on web enviroment.
@@ -278,12 +278,14 @@ _Usage_
 import { Platform } from '@wordpress/element';
 
 const placeholderLabel = Platform.select( {
-  native: __( 'Add media' ),
-  web: __( 'Drag images, upload new ones or select files from your library.' ),
+	native: __( 'Add media' ),
+	web: __(
+		'Drag images, upload new ones or select files from your library.'
+	),
 } );
 ```
 
-<a name="RawHTML" href="#RawHTML">#</a> **RawHTML**
+### RawHTML
 
 Component used as equivalent of Fragment with unescaped HTML, in cases where
 it is desirable to render dangerous HTML without needing a wrapper element.
@@ -298,7 +300,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `JSX.Element`: Dangerously-rendering component.
 
-<a name="render" href="#render">#</a> **render**
+### render
 
 Renders a given element into the target DOM node.
 
@@ -307,7 +309,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _element_ `import('./react').WPElement`: Element to render.
 -   _target_ `HTMLElement`: DOM node into which element should be rendered.
 
-<a name="renderToString" href="#renderToString">#</a> **renderToString**
+### renderToString
 
 Serializes a React element to string.
 
@@ -321,17 +323,17 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Serialized element.
 
-<a name="StrictMode" href="#StrictMode">#</a> **StrictMode**
+### StrictMode
 
 Component that activates additional checks and warnings for its descendants.
 
-<a name="Suspense" href="#Suspense">#</a> **Suspense**
+### Suspense
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://reactjs.org/docs/react-api.html#reactsuspense>
 
-<a name="switchChildrenNodeName" href="#switchChildrenNodeName">#</a> **switchChildrenNodeName**
+### switchChildrenNodeName
 
 Switches the nodeName of all the elements in the children object.
 
@@ -344,7 +346,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?Object`: The updated children object.
 
-<a name="unmountComponentAtNode" href="#unmountComponentAtNode">#</a> **unmountComponentAtNode**
+### unmountComponentAtNode
 
 Removes any mounted element from the target DOM node.
 
@@ -352,67 +354,66 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _target_ `Element`: DOM node in which element is to be removed
 
-<a name="useCallback" href="#useCallback">#</a> **useCallback**
+### useCallback
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://reactjs.org/docs/hooks-reference.html#usecallback>
 
-<a name="useContext" href="#useContext">#</a> **useContext**
+### useContext
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://reactjs.org/docs/hooks-reference.html#usecontext>
 
-<a name="useDebugValue" href="#useDebugValue">#</a> **useDebugValue**
+### useDebugValue
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://reactjs.org/docs/hooks-reference.html#usedebugvalue>
 
-<a name="useEffect" href="#useEffect">#</a> **useEffect**
+### useEffect
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://reactjs.org/docs/hooks-reference.html#useeffect>
 
-<a name="useImperativeHandle" href="#useImperativeHandle">#</a> **useImperativeHandle**
+### useImperativeHandle
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://reactjs.org/docs/hooks-reference.html#useimperativehandle>
 
-<a name="useLayoutEffect" href="#useLayoutEffect">#</a> **useLayoutEffect**
+### useLayoutEffect
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://reactjs.org/docs/hooks-reference.html#uselayouteffect>
 
-<a name="useMemo" href="#useMemo">#</a> **useMemo**
+### useMemo
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://reactjs.org/docs/hooks-reference.html#usememo>
 
-<a name="useReducer" href="#useReducer">#</a> **useReducer**
+### useReducer
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://reactjs.org/docs/hooks-reference.html#usereducer>
 
-<a name="useRef" href="#useRef">#</a> **useRef**
+### useRef
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://reactjs.org/docs/hooks-reference.html#useref>
 
-<a name="useState" href="#useState">#</a> **useState**
+### useState
 
 _Related_
 
 -   <https://reactjs.org/docs/hooks-reference.html#usestate>
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/escape-html/README.md b/packages/escape-html/README.md
index 2b35b9ff8daf7..e1fc36d503fc5 100644
--- a/packages/escape-html/README.md
+++ b/packages/escape-html/README.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ _This package assumes that your code will run in an **ES2015+** environment. If
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="escapeAmpersand" href="#escapeAmpersand">#</a> **escapeAmpersand**
+### escapeAmpersand
 
 Returns a string with ampersands escaped. Note that this is an imperfect
 implementation, where only ampersands which do not appear as a pattern of
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Escaped string.
 
-<a name="escapeAttribute" href="#escapeAttribute">#</a> **escapeAttribute**
+### escapeAttribute
 
 Returns an escaped attribute value.
 
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Escaped attribute value.
 
-<a name="escapeEditableHTML" href="#escapeEditableHTML">#</a> **escapeEditableHTML**
+### escapeEditableHTML
 
 Returns an escaped Editable HTML element value. This is different from
 `escapeHTML`, because for editable HTML, ALL ampersands must be escaped in
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Escaped HTML element value.
 
-<a name="escapeHTML" href="#escapeHTML">#</a> **escapeHTML**
+### escapeHTML
 
 Returns an escaped HTML element value.
 
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Escaped HTML element value.
 
-<a name="escapeLessThan" href="#escapeLessThan">#</a> **escapeLessThan**
+### escapeLessThan
 
 Returns a string with less-than sign replaced.
 
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Escaped string.
 
-<a name="escapeQuotationMark" href="#escapeQuotationMark">#</a> **escapeQuotationMark**
+### escapeQuotationMark
 
 Returns a string with quotation marks replaced.
 
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Escaped string.
 
-<a name="isValidAttributeName" href="#isValidAttributeName">#</a> **isValidAttributeName**
+### isValidAttributeName
 
 Returns true if the given attribute name is valid, or false otherwise.
 
@@ -129,7 +129,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether attribute is valid.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/html-entities/README.md b/packages/html-entities/README.md
index f51848b18c74e..66d07432f563f 100644
--- a/packages/html-entities/README.md
+++ b/packages/html-entities/README.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ _This package assumes that your code will run in an **ES2015+** environment. If
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="decodeEntities" href="#decodeEntities">#</a> **decodeEntities**
+### decodeEntities
 
 Decodes the HTML entities from a given string.
 
@@ -35,7 +35,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: The decoded string.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/i18n/README.md b/packages/i18n/README.md
index 7c4982a9caa77..6333c02d2e488 100644
--- a/packages/i18n/README.md
+++ b/packages/i18n/README.md
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ For a complete example, see the [Internationalization section of the Block Edito
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="createI18n" href="#createI18n">#</a> **createI18n**
+### createI18n
 
 Create an i18n instance
 
@@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `I18n`: I18n instance
 
-<a name="defaultI18n" href="#defaultI18n">#</a> **defaultI18n**
+### defaultI18n
 
 Default, singleton instance of `I18n`.
 
-<a name="getLocaleData" href="#getLocaleData">#</a> **getLocaleData**
+### getLocaleData
 
 Returns locale data by domain in a Jed-formatted JSON object shape.
 
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `LocaleData`: Locale data.
 
-<a name="hasTranslation" href="#hasTranslation">#</a> **hasTranslation**
+### hasTranslation
 
 Check if there is a translation for a given string (in singular form).
 
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether the translation exists or not.
 
-<a name="isRTL" href="#isRTL">#</a> **isRTL**
+### isRTL
 
 Check if current locale is RTL.
 
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether locale is RTL.
 
-<a name="resetLocaleData" href="#resetLocaleData">#</a> **resetLocaleData**
+### resetLocaleData
 
 Resets all current Tannin instance locale data and sets the specified
 locale data for the domain. Accepts data in a Jed-formatted JSON object shape.
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _data_ `[LocaleData]`: Locale data configuration.
 -   _domain_ `[string]`: Domain for which configuration applies.
 
-<a name="setLocaleData" href="#setLocaleData">#</a> **setLocaleData**
+### setLocaleData
 
 Merges locale data into the Tannin instance by domain. Accepts data in a
 Jed-formatted JSON object shape.
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _data_ `[LocaleData]`: Locale data configuration.
 -   _domain_ `[string]`: Domain for which configuration applies.
 
-<a name="sprintf" href="#sprintf">#</a> **sprintf**
+### sprintf
 
 Returns a formatted string. If an error occurs in applying the format, the
 original format string is returned.
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: The formatted string.
 
-<a name="subscribe" href="#subscribe">#</a> **subscribe**
+### subscribe
 
 Subscribes to changes of locale data
 
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `UnsubscribeCallback`: Unsubscribe callback
 
-<a name="_n" href="#_n">#</a> **\_n**
+### \_n
 
 Translates and retrieves the singular or plural form based on the supplied
 number.
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: The translated singular or plural form.
 
-<a name="_nx" href="#_nx">#</a> **\_nx**
+### \_nx
 
 Translates and retrieves the singular or plural form based on the supplied
 number, with gettext context.
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: The translated singular or plural form.
 
-<a name="_x" href="#_x">#</a> **\_x**
+### \_x
 
 Retrieve translated string with gettext context.
 
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Translated context string without pipe.
 
-<a name="__" href="#__">#</a> **\_\_**
+### \_\_
 
 Retrieve the translation of text.
 
@@ -222,7 +222,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Translated text.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/keyboard-shortcuts/README.md b/packages/keyboard-shortcuts/README.md
index bb072ed81e859..9d62456b0f062 100644
--- a/packages/keyboard-shortcuts/README.md
+++ b/packages/keyboard-shortcuts/README.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ _This package assumes that your code will run in an **ES2015+** environment. If
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="store" href="#store">#</a> **store**
+### store
 
 Store definition for the keyboard shortcuts namespace.
 
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ _Type_
 
 -   `Object`
 
-<a name="useShortcut" href="#useShortcut">#</a> **useShortcut**
+### useShortcut
 
 Attach a keyboard shortcut handler.
 
@@ -38,7 +38,6 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _callback_ `Function`: Shortcut callback.
 -   _options_ `Object`: Shortcut options.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/keycodes/README.md b/packages/keycodes/README.md
index 036258a6fbdc2..defcc8fff3893 100644
--- a/packages/keycodes/README.md
+++ b/packages/keycodes/README.md
@@ -38,27 +38,27 @@ onKeyDown( event ) {
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="ALT" href="#ALT">#</a> **ALT**
+### ALT
 
 Keycode for ALT key.
 
-<a name="BACKSPACE" href="#BACKSPACE">#</a> **BACKSPACE**
+### BACKSPACE
 
 Keycode for BACKSPACE key.
 
-<a name="COMMAND" href="#COMMAND">#</a> **COMMAND**
+### COMMAND
 
 Keycode for COMMAND/META key.
 
-<a name="CTRL" href="#CTRL">#</a> **CTRL**
+### CTRL
 
 Keycode for CTRL key.
 
-<a name="DELETE" href="#DELETE">#</a> **DELETE**
+### DELETE
 
 Keycode for DELETE key.
 
-<a name="displayShortcut" href="#displayShortcut">#</a> **displayShortcut**
+### displayShortcut
 
 An object that contains functions to display shortcuts.
 
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ _Type_
 
 -   `WPModifierHandler<WPKeyHandler<string>>`Keyed map of functions to display shortcuts.
 
-<a name="displayShortcutList" href="#displayShortcutList">#</a> **displayShortcutList**
+### displayShortcutList
 
 Return an array of the parts of a keyboard shortcut chord for display.
 
@@ -90,23 +90,23 @@ _Type_
 
 -   `WPModifierHandler<WPKeyHandler<string[]>>`Keyed map of functions to shortcut sequences.
 
-<a name="DOWN" href="#DOWN">#</a> **DOWN**
+### DOWN
 
 Keycode for DOWN key.
 
-<a name="ENTER" href="#ENTER">#</a> **ENTER**
+### ENTER
 
 Keycode for ENTER key.
 
-<a name="ESCAPE" href="#ESCAPE">#</a> **ESCAPE**
+### ESCAPE
 
 Keycode for ESCAPE key.
 
-<a name="F10" href="#F10">#</a> **F10**
+### F10
 
 Keycode for F10 key.
 
-<a name="isKeyboardEvent" href="#isKeyboardEvent">#</a> **isKeyboardEvent**
+### isKeyboardEvent
 
 An object that contains functions to check if a keyboard event matches a
 predefined shortcut combination.
@@ -123,11 +123,11 @@ _Type_
 
 -   `WPModifierHandler<WPEventKeyHandler>`Keyed map of functions to match events.
 
-<a name="LEFT" href="#LEFT">#</a> **LEFT**
+### LEFT
 
 Keycode for LEFT key.
 
-<a name="modifiers" href="#modifiers">#</a> **modifiers**
+### modifiers
 
 Object that contains functions that return the available modifier
 depending on platform.
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ _Type_
 
 -   `WPModifierHandler< ( isApple: () => boolean ) => WPModifierPart[]>`
 
-<a name="rawShortcut" href="#rawShortcut">#</a> **rawShortcut**
+### rawShortcut
 
 An object that contains functions to get raw shortcuts.
 
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ _Usage_
 
 ```js
 // Assuming macOS:
-rawShortcut.primary( 'm' )
+rawShortcut.primary( 'm' );
 // "meta+m""
 ```
 
@@ -154,15 +154,15 @@ _Type_
 
 -   `WPModifierHandler<WPKeyHandler<string>>`Keyed map of functions to raw shortcuts.
 
-<a name="RIGHT" href="#RIGHT">#</a> **RIGHT**
+### RIGHT
 
 Keycode for RIGHT key.
 
-<a name="SHIFT" href="#SHIFT">#</a> **SHIFT**
+### SHIFT
 
 Keycode for SHIFT key.
 
-<a name="shortcutAriaLabel" href="#shortcutAriaLabel">#</a> **shortcutAriaLabel**
+### shortcutAriaLabel
 
 An object that contains functions to return an aria label for a keyboard
 shortcut.
@@ -179,23 +179,22 @@ _Type_
 
 -   `WPModifierHandler<WPKeyHandler<string>>`Keyed map of functions to shortcut ARIA labels.
 
-<a name="SPACE" href="#SPACE">#</a> **SPACE**
+### SPACE
 
 Keycode for SPACE key.
 
-<a name="TAB" href="#TAB">#</a> **TAB**
+### TAB
 
 Keycode for TAB key.
 
-<a name="UP" href="#UP">#</a> **UP**
+### UP
 
 Keycode for UP key.
 
-<a name="ZERO" href="#ZERO">#</a> **ZERO**
+### ZERO
 
 Keycode for ZERO key.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/plugins/README.md b/packages/plugins/README.md
index c47c77206fb55..94f0bd2b0071a 100644
--- a/packages/plugins/README.md
+++ b/packages/plugins/README.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ _This package assumes that your code will run in an **ES2015+** environment. If
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="getPlugin" href="#getPlugin">#</a> **getPlugin**
+#### getPlugin
 
 Returns a registered plugin settings.
 
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?WPPlugin`: Plugin setting.
 
-<a name="getPlugins" href="#getPlugins">#</a> **getPlugins**
+#### getPlugins
 
 Returns all registered plugins without a scope or for a given scope.
 
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPPlugin[]`: The list of plugins without a scope or for a given scope.
 
-<a name="PluginArea" href="#PluginArea">#</a> **PluginArea**
+#### PluginArea
 
 A component that renders all plugin fills in a hidden div.
 
@@ -52,12 +52,7 @@ var el = wp.element.createElement;
 var PluginArea = wp.plugins.PluginArea;
 
 function Layout() {
-	return el(
-		'div',
-		{ scope: 'my-page' },
-		'Content of the page',
-		PluginArea
-	);
+	return el( 'div', { scope: 'my-page' }, 'Content of the page', PluginArea );
 }
 ```
 
@@ -77,7 +72,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPComponent`: The component to be rendered.
 
-<a name="registerPlugin" href="#registerPlugin">#</a> **registerPlugin**
+#### registerPlugin
 
 Registers a plugin to the editor.
 
@@ -128,15 +123,10 @@ import { more } from '@wordpress/icons';
 
 const Component = () => (
 	<>
-		<PluginSidebarMoreMenuItem
-			target="sidebar-name"
-		>
+		<PluginSidebarMoreMenuItem target="sidebar-name">
 			My Sidebar
 		</PluginSidebarMoreMenuItem>
-		<PluginSidebar
-			name="sidebar-name"
-			title="My Sidebar"
-		>
+		<PluginSidebar name="sidebar-name" title="My Sidebar">
 			Content of the sidebar
 		</PluginSidebar>
 	</>
@@ -158,7 +148,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPPlugin`: The final plugin settings object.
 
-<a name="unregisterPlugin" href="#unregisterPlugin">#</a> **unregisterPlugin**
+#### unregisterPlugin
 
 Unregisters a plugin by name.
 
@@ -186,7 +176,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?WPPlugin`: The previous plugin settings object, if it has been successfully unregistered; otherwise `undefined`.
 
-<a name="withPluginContext" href="#withPluginContext">#</a> **withPluginContext**
+#### withPluginContext
 
 A Higher Order Component used to inject Plugin context to the
 wrapped component.
@@ -199,7 +189,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPComponent`: Enhanced component with injected context as props.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/priority-queue/README.md b/packages/priority-queue/README.md
index 64e13011238ce..43f5f72516189 100644
--- a/packages/priority-queue/README.md
+++ b/packages/priority-queue/README.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ _This package assumes that your code will run in an **ES2015+** environment. If
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="createQueue" href="#createQueue">#</a> **createQueue**
+### createQueue
 
 Creates a context-aware queue that only executes
 the last task of a given context.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ const ctx2 = {};
 
 // For a given context in the queue, only the last callback is executed.
 queue.add( ctx1, () => console.log( 'This will be printed first' ) );
-queue.add( ctx2, () => console.log( 'This won\'t be printed' ) );
+queue.add( ctx2, () => console.log( "This won't be printed" ) );
 queue.add( ctx2, () => console.log( 'This will be printed second' ) );
 ```
 
@@ -42,7 +42,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPPriorityQueue`: Queue object with `add`, `flush` and `reset` methods.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/react-i18n/README.md b/packages/react-i18n/README.md
index 16b9341d4180b..1386b4c045dce 100644
--- a/packages/react-i18n/README.md
+++ b/packages/react-i18n/README.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ _This package assumes that your code will run in an **ES2015+** environment. If
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="I18nProvider" href="#I18nProvider">#</a> **I18nProvider**
+### I18nProvider
 
 The `I18nProvider` should be mounted above any localized components:
 
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `JSX.Element`: Children wrapped in the I18nProvider.
 
-<a name="useI18n" href="#useI18n">#</a> **useI18n**
+### useI18n
 
 React hook providing access to i18n functions. It exposes the `__`, `_x`, `_n`, `_nx`,
 `isRTL` and `hasTranslation` functions from [`@wordpress/i18n`](../i18n).
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ function MyComponent() {
 }
 ```
 
-<a name="withI18n" href="#withI18n">#</a> **withI18n**
+### withI18n
 
 React higher-order component that passes the i18n translate functions (the same set
 as exposed by the `useI18n` hook) to the wrapped component as props.
@@ -88,7 +88,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `FunctionComponent< PropsAndI18n< P > >`: The wrapped component
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/redux-routine/README.md b/packages/redux-routine/README.md
index 067ae8fb331cb..649dc16ef1397 100644
--- a/packages/redux-routine/README.md
+++ b/packages/redux-routine/README.md
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ request has completed does the action creator procede to return the `SET_TEMPERA
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="default" href="#default">#</a> **default**
+### default
 
 Creates a Redux middleware, given an object of controls where each key is an
 action type for which to act upon, the value a function which returns either
@@ -76,7 +76,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: Co-routine runtime
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 ## Motivation
diff --git a/packages/rich-text/README.md b/packages/rich-text/README.md
index 0d99047be430b..c3bb074551d20 100644
--- a/packages/rich-text/README.md
+++ b/packages/rich-text/README.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ _This package assumes that your code will run in an **ES2015+** environment. If
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="applyFormat" href="#applyFormat">#</a> **applyFormat**
+### applyFormat
 
 Apply a format object to a Rich Text value from the given `startIndex` to the
 given `endIndex`. Indices are retrieved from the selection if none are
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `RichTextValue`: A new value with the format applied.
 
-<a name="concat" href="#concat">#</a> **concat**
+### concat
 
 Combine all Rich Text values into one. This is similar to
 `String.prototype.concat`.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `RichTextValue`: A new value combining all given records.
 
-<a name="create" href="#create">#</a> **create**
+### create
 
 Create a RichText value from an `Element` tree (DOM), an HTML string or a
 plain text string, with optionally a `Range` object to set the selection. If
@@ -85,13 +85,13 @@ _Parameters_
 -   _$1.multilineTag_ `[string]`: Multiline tag if the structure is multiline.
 -   _$1.multilineWrapperTags_ `[Array]`: Tags where lines can be found if nesting is possible.
 -   _$1.preserveWhiteSpace_ `[boolean]`: Whether or not to collapse white space characters.
--   _$1.\_\_unstableIsEditableTree_ `[boolean]`: 
+-   _$1.\_\_unstableIsEditableTree_ `[boolean]`:
 
 _Returns_
 
 -   `RichTextValue`: A rich text value.
 
-<a name="getActiveFormat" href="#getActiveFormat">#</a> **getActiveFormat**
+### getActiveFormat
 
 Gets the format object by type at the start of the selection. This can be
 used to get e.g. the URL of a link format at the current selection, but also
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `RichTextFormat|undefined`: Active format object of the specified type, or undefined.
 
-<a name="getActiveObject" href="#getActiveObject">#</a> **getActiveObject**
+### getActiveObject
 
 Gets the active object, if there is any.
 
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `RichTextFormat|void`: Active object, or undefined.
 
-<a name="getTextContent" href="#getTextContent">#</a> **getTextContent**
+### getTextContent
 
 Get the textual content of a Rich Text value. This is similar to
 `Element.textContent`.
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: The text content.
 
-<a name="insert" href="#insert">#</a> **insert**
+### insert
 
 Insert a Rich Text value, an HTML string, or a plain text string, into a
 Rich Text value at the given `startIndex`. Any content between `startIndex`
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `RichTextValue`: A new value with the value inserted.
 
-<a name="insertObject" href="#insertObject">#</a> **insertObject**
+### insertObject
 
 Insert a format as an object into a Rich Text value at the given
 `startIndex`. Any content between `startIndex` and `endIndex` will be
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `RichTextValue`: A new value with the object inserted.
 
-<a name="isCollapsed" href="#isCollapsed">#</a> **isCollapsed**
+### isCollapsed
 
 Check if the selection of a Rich Text value is collapsed or not. Collapsed
 means that no characters are selected, but there is a caret present. If there
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean|undefined`: True if the selection is collapsed, false if not, undefined if there is no selection.
 
-<a name="isEmpty" href="#isEmpty">#</a> **isEmpty**
+### isEmpty
 
 Check if a Rich Text value is Empty, meaning it contains no text or any
 objects (such as images).
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if the value is empty, false if not.
 
-<a name="join" href="#join">#</a> **join**
+### join
 
 Combine an array of Rich Text values into one, optionally separated by
 `separator`, which can be a Rich Text value, HTML string, or plain text
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `RichTextValue`: A new combined value.
 
-<a name="registerFormatType" href="#registerFormatType">#</a> **registerFormatType**
+### registerFormatType
 
 Registers a new format provided a unique name and an object defining its
 behavior.
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPFormat|undefined`: The format, if it has been successfully registered; otherwise `undefined`.
 
-<a name="remove" href="#remove">#</a> **remove**
+### remove
 
 Remove content from a Rich Text value between the given `startIndex` and
 `endIndex`. Indices are retrieved from the selection if none are provided.
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `RichTextValue`: A new value with the content removed.
 
-<a name="removeFormat" href="#removeFormat">#</a> **removeFormat**
+### removeFormat
 
 Remove any format object from a Rich Text value by type from the given
 `startIndex` to the given `endIndex`. Indices are retrieved from the
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `RichTextValue`: A new value with the format applied.
 
-<a name="replace" href="#replace">#</a> **replace**
+### replace
 
 Search a Rich Text value and replace the match(es) with `replacement`. This
 is similar to `String.prototype.replace`.
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `RichTextValue`: A new value with replacements applied.
 
-<a name="slice" href="#slice">#</a> **slice**
+### slice
 
 Slice a Rich Text value from `startIndex` to `endIndex`. Indices are
 retrieved from the selection if none are provided. This is similar to
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `RichTextValue`: A new extracted value.
 
-<a name="split" href="#split">#</a> **split**
+### split
 
 Split a Rich Text value in two at the given `startIndex` and `endIndex`, or
 split at the given separator. This is similar to `String.prototype.split`.
@@ -295,14 +295,14 @@ Indices are retrieved from the selection if none are provided.
 
 _Parameters_
 
--   _value_ `RichTextValue`: 
+-   _value_ `RichTextValue`:
 -   _string_ `[number|string]`: Start index, or string at which to split.
 
 _Returns_
 
 -   `Array<RichTextValue>|undefined`: An array of new values.
 
-<a name="store" href="#store">#</a> **store**
+### store
 
 Store definition for the rich-text namespace.
 
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ _Type_
 
 -   `Object`
 
-<a name="toggleFormat" href="#toggleFormat">#</a> **toggleFormat**
+### toggleFormat
 
 Toggles a format object to a Rich Text value at the current selection.
 
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `RichTextValue`: A new value with the format applied or removed.
 
-<a name="toHTMLString" href="#toHTMLString">#</a> **toHTMLString**
+### toHTMLString
 
 Create an HTML string from a Rich Text value. If a `multilineTag` is
 provided, text separated by a line separator will be wrapped in it.
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: HTML string.
 
-<a name="unregisterFormatType" href="#unregisterFormatType">#</a> **unregisterFormatType**
+### unregisterFormatType
 
 Unregisters a format.
 
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `RichTextFormatType|undefined`: The previous format value, if it has been successfully unregistered; otherwise `undefined`.
 
-<a name="useAnchorRef" href="#useAnchorRef">#</a> **useAnchorRef**
+### useAnchorRef
 
 This hook, to be used in a format type's Edit component, returns the active
 element that is formatted, or the selection range if no format is active.
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ to the `Popover` component.
 _Parameters_
 
 -   _$1_ `Object`: Named parameters.
--   _$1.ref_ `RefObject<HTMLElement>`: React ref of the element containing  the editable content.
+-   _$1.ref_ `RefObject<HTMLElement>`: React ref of the element containing the editable content.
 -   _$1.value_ `RichTextValue`: Value to check for selection.
 -   _$1.settings_ `RichTextFormatType`: The format type's settings.
 
@@ -373,7 +373,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Element|Range`: The active element or selection range.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/shortcode/README.md b/packages/shortcode/README.md
index 1beaba7e6ec34..fda45bc1e0328 100644
--- a/packages/shortcode/README.md
+++ b/packages/shortcode/README.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ _This package assumes that your code will run in an **ES2015+** environment. If
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="attrs" href="#attrs">#</a> **attrs**
+### attrs
 
 Parse shortcode attributes.
 
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPShortcodeAttrs`: Parsed shortcode attributes.
 
-<a name="default" href="#default">#</a> **default**
+### default
 
 Creates a shortcode instance.
 
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPShortcode`: Shortcode instance.
 
-<a name="fromMatch" href="#fromMatch">#</a> **fromMatch**
+### fromMatch
 
 Generate a Shortcode Object from a RegExp match.
 
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `WPShortcode`: Shortcode instance.
 
-<a name="next" href="#next">#</a> **next**
+### next
 
 Find the next matching shortcode.
 
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `?WPShortcodeMatch`: Matched information.
 
-<a name="regexp" href="#regexp">#</a> **regexp**
+### regexp
 
 Generate a RegExp to identify a shortcode.
 
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `RegExp`: Shortcode RegExp.
 
-<a name="replace" href="#replace">#</a> **replace**
+### replace
 
 Replace matching shortcodes in a block of text.
 
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Text with shortcodes replaced.
 
-<a name="string" href="#string">#</a> **string**
+### string
 
 Generate a string from shortcode parameters.
 
@@ -136,13 +136,12 @@ format the shortcode using a `single` tag, and a `content` string.
 
 _Parameters_
 
--   _options_ `Object`: 
+-   _options_ `Object`:
 
 _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: String representation of the shortcode.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/url/README.md b/packages/url/README.md
index bec8886687b66..d6b338071b1b9 100644
--- a/packages/url/README.md
+++ b/packages/url/README.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ _This package assumes that your code will run in an **ES2015+** environment. If
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="addQueryArgs" href="#addQueryArgs">#</a> **addQueryArgs**
+### addQueryArgs
 
 Appends arguments as querystring to the provided URL. If the URL already
 includes query arguments, the arguments are merged with (and take precedent
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: URL with arguments applied.
 
-<a name="buildQueryString" href="#buildQueryString">#</a> **buildQueryString**
+### buildQueryString
 
 Generates URL-encoded query string using input query data.
 
@@ -48,13 +48,13 @@ _Usage_
 
 ```js
 const queryString = buildQueryString( {
-   simple: 'is ok',
-   arrays: [ 'are', 'fine', 'too' ],
-   objects: {
-      evenNested: {
-         ok: 'yes',
-      },
-   },
+	simple: 'is ok',
+	arrays: [ 'are', 'fine', 'too' ],
+	objects: {
+		evenNested: {
+			ok: 'yes',
+		},
+	},
 } );
 // "simple=is%20ok&arrays%5B0%5D=are&arrays%5B1%5D=fine&arrays%5B2%5D=too&objects%5BevenNested%5D%5Bok%5D=yes"
 ```
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Query string.
 
-<a name="cleanForSlug" href="#cleanForSlug">#</a> **cleanForSlug**
+### cleanForSlug
 
 Performs some basic cleanup of a string for use as a post slug.
 
@@ -88,15 +88,20 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Processed string.
 
-<a name="filterURLForDisplay" href="#filterURLForDisplay">#</a> **filterURLForDisplay**
+### filterURLForDisplay
 
 Returns a URL for display.
 
 _Usage_
 
 ```js
-const displayUrl = filterURLForDisplay( 'https://www.wordpress.org/gutenberg/' ); // wordpress.org/gutenberg
-const imageUrl = filterURLForDisplay( 'https://www.wordpress.org/wp-content/uploads/img.png', 20 ); // …ent/uploads/img.png
+const displayUrl = filterURLForDisplay(
+	'https://www.wordpress.org/gutenberg/'
+); // wordpress.org/gutenberg
+const imageUrl = filterURLForDisplay(
+	'https://www.wordpress.org/wp-content/uploads/img.png',
+	20
+); // …ent/uploads/img.png
 ```
 
 _Parameters_
@@ -108,7 +113,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Displayed URL.
 
-<a name="getAuthority" href="#getAuthority">#</a> **getAuthority**
+### getAuthority
 
 Returns the authority part of the URL.
 
@@ -127,15 +132,19 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string|void`: The authority part of the URL.
 
-<a name="getFragment" href="#getFragment">#</a> **getFragment**
+### getFragment
 
 Returns the fragment part of the URL.
 
 _Usage_
 
 ```js
-const fragment1 = getFragment( 'http://localhost:8080/this/is/a/test?query=true#fragment' ); // '#fragment'
-const fragment2 = getFragment( 'https://wordpress.org#another-fragment?query=true' ); // '#another-fragment'
+const fragment1 = getFragment(
+	'http://localhost:8080/this/is/a/test?query=true#fragment'
+); // '#fragment'
+const fragment2 = getFragment(
+	'https://wordpress.org#another-fragment?query=true'
+); // '#another-fragment'
 ```
 
 _Parameters_
@@ -146,7 +155,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string|void`: The fragment part of the URL.
 
-<a name="getPath" href="#getPath">#</a> **getPath**
+### getPath
 
 Returns the path part of the URL.
 
@@ -165,15 +174,19 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string|void`: The path part of the URL.
 
-<a name="getPathAndQueryString" href="#getPathAndQueryString">#</a> **getPathAndQueryString**
+### getPathAndQueryString
 
 Returns the path part and query string part of the URL.
 
 _Usage_
 
 ```js
-const pathAndQueryString1 = getPathAndQueryString( 'http://localhost:8080/this/is/a/test?query=true' ); // '/this/is/a/test?query=true'
-const pathAndQueryString2 = getPathAndQueryString( 'https://wordpress.org/help/faq/' ); // '/help/faq'
+const pathAndQueryString1 = getPathAndQueryString(
+	'http://localhost:8080/this/is/a/test?query=true'
+); // '/this/is/a/test?query=true'
+const pathAndQueryString2 = getPathAndQueryString(
+	'https://wordpress.org/help/faq/'
+); // '/help/faq'
 ```
 
 _Parameters_
@@ -184,7 +197,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: The path part and query string part of the URL.
 
-<a name="getProtocol" href="#getProtocol">#</a> **getProtocol**
+### getProtocol
 
 Returns the protocol part of the URL.
 
@@ -203,7 +216,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string|void`: The protocol part of the URL.
 
-<a name="getQueryArg" href="#getQueryArg">#</a> **getQueryArg**
+### getQueryArg
 
 Returns a single query argument of the url
 
@@ -222,7 +235,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `QueryArgParsed|void`: Query arg value.
 
-<a name="getQueryArgs" href="#getQueryArgs">#</a> **getQueryArgs**
+### getQueryArgs
 
 Returns an object of query arguments of the given URL. If the given URL is
 invalid or has no querystring, an empty object is returned.
@@ -242,14 +255,16 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `QueryArgs`: Query args object.
 
-<a name="getQueryString" href="#getQueryString">#</a> **getQueryString**
+### getQueryString
 
 Returns the query string part of the URL.
 
 _Usage_
 
 ```js
-const queryString = getQueryString( 'http://localhost:8080/this/is/a/test?query=true#fragment' ); // 'query=true'
+const queryString = getQueryString(
+	'http://localhost:8080/this/is/a/test?query=true#fragment'
+); // 'query=true'
 ```
 
 _Parameters_
@@ -260,7 +275,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string|void`: The query string part of the URL.
 
-<a name="hasQueryArg" href="#hasQueryArg">#</a> **hasQueryArg**
+### hasQueryArg
 
 Determines whether the URL contains a given query arg.
 
@@ -279,7 +294,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether or not the URL contains the query arg.
 
-<a name="isEmail" href="#isEmail">#</a> **isEmail**
+### isEmail
 
 Determines whether the given string looks like an email.
 
@@ -297,7 +312,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether or not it looks like an email.
 
-<a name="isURL" href="#isURL">#</a> **isURL**
+### isURL
 
 Determines whether the given string looks like a URL.
 
@@ -320,7 +335,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: Whether or not it looks like a URL.
 
-<a name="isValidAuthority" href="#isValidAuthority">#</a> **isValidAuthority**
+### isValidAuthority
 
 Checks for invalid characters within the provided authority.
 
@@ -339,7 +354,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if the argument contains a valid authority.
 
-<a name="isValidFragment" href="#isValidFragment">#</a> **isValidFragment**
+### isValidFragment
 
 Checks for invalid characters within the provided fragment.
 
@@ -358,7 +373,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if the argument contains a valid fragment.
 
-<a name="isValidPath" href="#isValidPath">#</a> **isValidPath**
+### isValidPath
 
 Checks for invalid characters within the provided path.
 
@@ -377,7 +392,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if the argument contains a valid path
 
-<a name="isValidProtocol" href="#isValidProtocol">#</a> **isValidProtocol**
+### isValidProtocol
 
 Tests if a url protocol is valid.
 
@@ -396,7 +411,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if the argument is a valid protocol (e.g. http\:, tel:).
 
-<a name="isValidQueryString" href="#isValidQueryString">#</a> **isValidQueryString**
+### isValidQueryString
 
 Checks for invalid characters within the provided query string.
 
@@ -415,7 +430,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `boolean`: True if the argument contains a valid query string.
 
-<a name="prependHTTP" href="#prependHTTP">#</a> **prependHTTP**
+### prependHTTP
 
 Prepends "http\://" to a url, if it looks like something that is meant to be a TLD.
 
@@ -433,14 +448,18 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: The updated URL.
 
-<a name="removeQueryArgs" href="#removeQueryArgs">#</a> **removeQueryArgs**
+### removeQueryArgs
 
 Removes arguments from the query string of the url
 
 _Usage_
 
 ```js
-const newUrl = removeQueryArgs( 'https://wordpress.org?foo=bar&bar=baz&baz=foobar', 'foo', 'bar' ); // https://wordpress.org?baz=foobar
+const newUrl = removeQueryArgs(
+	'https://wordpress.org?foo=bar&bar=baz&baz=foobar',
+	'foo',
+	'bar'
+); // https://wordpress.org?baz=foobar
 ```
 
 _Parameters_
@@ -452,7 +471,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Updated URL.
 
-<a name="safeDecodeURI" href="#safeDecodeURI">#</a> **safeDecodeURI**
+### safeDecodeURI
 
 Safely decodes a URI with `decodeURI`. Returns the URI unmodified if
 `decodeURI` throws an error.
@@ -471,7 +490,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Decoded URI if possible.
 
-<a name="safeDecodeURIComponent" href="#safeDecodeURIComponent">#</a> **safeDecodeURIComponent**
+### safeDecodeURIComponent
 
 Safely decodes a URI component with `decodeURIComponent`. Returns the URI component unmodified if
 `decodeURIComponent` throws an error.
@@ -484,7 +503,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `string`: Decoded URI component if possible.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/viewport/README.md b/packages/viewport/README.md
index a7e8ab7fdb381..d3c185ae94e25 100644
--- a/packages/viewport/README.md
+++ b/packages/viewport/README.md
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ This package provides a set of HOCs to author components whose behavior should v
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="ifViewportMatches" href="#ifViewportMatches">#</a> **ifViewportMatches**
+#### ifViewportMatches
 
 Higher-order component creator, creating a new component which renders if
 the viewport query is satisfied.
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: Higher-order component.
 
-<a name="store" href="#store">#</a> **store**
+#### store
 
 Store definition for the viewport namespace.
 
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ _Type_
 
 -   `Object`
 
-<a name="withViewportMatch" href="#withViewportMatch">#</a> **withViewportMatch**
+#### withViewportMatch
 
 Higher-order component creator, creating a new component which renders with
 the given prop names, where the value passed to the underlying component is
@@ -108,9 +108,7 @@ _Usage_
 
 ```jsx
 function MyComponent( { isMobile } ) {
-	return (
-		<div>Currently: { isMobile ? 'Mobile' : 'Not Mobile' }</div>
-	);
+	return <div>Currently: { isMobile ? 'Mobile' : 'Not Mobile' }</div>;
 }
 
 MyComponent = withViewportMatch( { isMobile: '< small' } )( MyComponent );
@@ -124,7 +122,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `Function`: Higher-order component.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/warning/README.md b/packages/warning/README.md
index 47a7270550692..db403d47b2809 100644
--- a/packages/warning/README.md
+++ b/packages/warning/README.md
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ To prevent that, you should:
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="default" href="#default">#</a> **default**
+### default
 
 Shows a warning with `message` if environment is not `production`.
 
@@ -51,7 +51,6 @@ _Parameters_
 
 -   _message_ `string`: Message to show in the warning.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>
diff --git a/packages/widgets/src/blocks/legacy-widget/editor.scss b/packages/widgets/src/blocks/legacy-widget/editor.scss
index a7bbb6b92d9e9..ff8378cfc0170 100644
--- a/packages/widgets/src/blocks/legacy-widget/editor.scss
+++ b/packages/widgets/src/blocks/legacy-widget/editor.scss
@@ -67,6 +67,8 @@
 			line-height: 1;
 			min-height: 30px;
 			padding-left: $grid-unit-10;
+			padding-top: $grid-unit;
+			padding-bottom: $grid-unit;
 		}
 		select {
 			padding-left: $grid-unit-05;
diff --git a/packages/wordcount/README.md b/packages/wordcount/README.md
index ace076c97108c..7f8ee0b094b79 100644
--- a/packages/wordcount/README.md
+++ b/packages/wordcount/README.md
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ _This package assumes that your code will run in an **ES2015+** environment. If
 
 <!-- START TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
-<a name="count" href="#count">#</a> **count**
+### count
 
 Count some words.
 
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ _Usage_
 
 ```js
 import { count } from '@wordpress/wordcount';
-const numberOfWords = count( 'Words to count', 'words', {} )
+const numberOfWords = count( 'Words to count', 'words', {} );
 ```
 
 _Parameters_
@@ -37,7 +37,6 @@ _Returns_
 
 -   `number`: The word or character count.
 
-
 <!-- END TOKEN(Autogenerated API docs) -->
 
 <br/><br/><p align="center"><img src="https://s.w.org/style/images/codeispoetry.png?1" alt="Code is Poetry." /></p>